Bosch Dishwasher SHU Complete Troubleshooting Guide

January 16, 2017 | Author: David Morse | Category: N/A

Short Description

Download Bosch Dishwasher SHU Complete Troubleshooting Guide...

Description

B A

Page A-1

Measuring resistances from the front of SHU/SHI 43/53/68 dishwashers

.7

I2.

.1

.2

3 2 1

2 1

.4

Control Module -- I2

1 2

.8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

.6

2 1

.5

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

.9 X1

to neutral line

measure water level switch (open circuit)

BN-I5-5 BN-I5-6 BN-I5-7 to Aqua Sensor

YE-e3 YE-e3 BN-I5-1 BN-I5-2

Symbols (WH-I6-3) refer to wire colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit diagram # 36 for terminal/part symbols. Wire colors: WH = white, BK = black, WHRD = white/ red, BU = blue, GYBK = gray/black, RD = red, YE = yellow, BN = brown.

HINT: Water valve and drain motor can be measured from front of dishwasher without accessing control module wire harnesses. Resistances are:

measure drain motor (~16.5 W) Quick Chart

measure NTC measure rinse (~ 55 kW @ agent sensor 72ºF ) (SHU/I 53/68) (~.4 W)

NOTE:

measure circulation motor (~10 W)

1st Edition/Revision 3

to heater, Hi-Limit & flow switch

BU-I6-6 BU-I6-7 BU-I6-8 BU-I6-9 BK-I2.1-2 GYBK-a1-3 RD-I6-1

WH-a1-6 WH-I6-3

BU-A2 BU-A2 measure dispenser actuator (~2150 W)

measure top rack only actuator (SHU/I 68-only) (~2150 W)

to hot line

to hot line

resets control module & starts test program

WH-a1-5 BK-I2.7-1 WHRD-e0-1

(SHU/I 43/ 53)

n n Troubleshooting

Test Programs

Tech Manual

Water valve ~ 1 kW Drain motor ~ 16.5 W Repair Manual

Tuesday, August 8, 2000

B A

Page A-2

Measuring resistances from the front of SHU 99 & SHV 43/48 dishwashers Control Module -- I2 1 2

1 2 3

.6

to water valve & float switch

measure dispenser actuator (~2150 W)

to neutral

to hot line

measure circulation motor (with door closed) (~10 W) measure drain motor (~16.5 W)

measure top rack only actuator (SHV 48 only) (~2150 W)

1 2 3 4

measure rinse agent sensor (SHV 48) (~.4 W)

measure NTC (~ 55 kW @ 72ºF)

HINT: Water valve and drain motor can be measured from front of dishwasher without accessing control module wire harnesses. Resistances are: n n

Quick Chart

1 2

.8

NOTE: Symbols (WH-I6-7) refer to wire colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit diagram # 48 for terminal/part symbols. Wire colors: WH = white, WHRD = white/red, GY = gray, BU = blue, GYBK = gray/black, RD = red, YE = yellow, BN = brown.

measure water level switch (open circuit)

1st Edition/Revision 2

.7

YE-e3 YE-e3 BN-I6-3 BN-I6-2

.3

to heater, Hi-Limit & flow switch

WH-I6-6 WH-I6-5 WH-I6-4

WHRD-e0-1 GY-e0-4

1 2 3

1 2 3

.4

GYBK-a1-3 RD-I6-1

.2

2 1

WH-I6-9 WH-I6-8 WH-I6-7

.1

BU-A2 BU-A2

I2.

.5

Troubleshooting

Test Programs

Tech Manual

Water valve ~ 1 kW Drain motor ~ 16.5 W Repair Manual

Tuesday, August 8, 2000

B A

Page A-3

Measuring resistances from the front of SHU 33 dishwashers

measure water level switch (open circuit)

measure circulation motor (~10 W)

NOTE:

measure drain motor (~16.5 W)

Symbols (WH-a1-5) refer to wire colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit diagram # 60 for terminal/part symbols. Wire colors: WH = white, WHRD = white/red, BU = blue, GYBK = gray/black, RD = red, YE = yellow. 1st Edition/Revision 1

Quick Chart

Troubleshooting

2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BU-I6-4 BU-I6-5

YE-A2 YE-A2

BU-I6-6 BU-I6-7 BU-I6-8 BU-I6-9 BU-a1-6 to water valve & float switch

measure dispenser actuator (~2150 W)

.5

WH-a1-5 WHRD-a1-1

2 1

.8

.1

resets control module & starts test program

2 1

1 2

to hot line

.2

RD-I6-1 GYBK-a1-3

.6

.4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

.7

to heater, Hi-Limit & flow switch

I2.

Control Module -- I2

measure NTC (~ 55 kW @ 72ºF)

to neutral

HINT: Water valve and drain motor can be measured from front of dishwasher without accessing control module wire harnesses. Resistances are:

Test Programs

n n Tech Manual

Water valve ~ 1 kW Drain motor ~ 16.5 W Repair Manual

Tuesday, August 8, 2000

B A

Page A-4

Measuring resistances from the front of SHU 303x dishwashers Timer -- u

GN-I6-6 GN-f3

to thermostats f3 & f4 to water level switch & inlet valve

BU-I6-4

5b

3b

5a

3a

5

GY-I6-1 to float switch

6b

WH-b-5 WH-I6-3

6a

to flow switch

6

WHVT-a1-3

RD-A2

A2

YE-b-1 (to b1)

VT-b-3 (to b3) 1

3 4b

2b

4a

2a

4

2

1

to hot line

BK-m2-1 GYRD-I6-8

m2

GYBK-e5-1

m2

m3

A2

1

measure circulation motor (~10 W)

measure drain motor (~16.5 W)

measure detergent actuator (~2150 W)

see circuit / schematic diagram # 62 for b1 & b3

Symbols (WH-I6-3) refer to wire colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit diagram # 62 for terminal/part symbols. Wire colors: WH = white, WHRD = white/red, WHVT = white/violet, BU = blue, GYBK = gray/black, BK = black, GYRD = gray/red, GY = gray, GN = green, RD = red, VT = violet, YE = yellow. 1st Edition/Revision 1

Quick Chart

Troubleshooting

m3

to flow switch

M ~

WHRD-A2

Timer motor m1

NOTE:

1

to neutral

HINT: Water valve and drain motor can be measured from front of dishwasher without accessing timer wire harnesses. Resistances are: n n Tech Manual

Water valve ~ 1 kW Drain motor ~ 16.5 W Repair Manual

Tuesday, August 8, 2000

B A

Page B-1

Using the test program to troubleshoot the heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit thermostat from the front of SHU/I 43/53/68 dishwashers

123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012 123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012 123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012 123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012 TEST TIME NOTES 123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012 Entering test program

-----

Press On/Off button at the same time you press both the Power Scrub Plus & Regular Wash buttons (SHU/I 43 models) or the Scrub Wash & Delicate/Econo buttons (SHU/I 53 & 68 models). Indicating lights will flash.

Starting test program

-----

Press both the Power Scrub Plus & Regular Wash buttons (SHU/I 43 models) or the Scrub Wash & Delicate/Econo buttons (SHU/I 53 & 68 models) a 2nd time.

Skipping a test

-----

Press Scrub Wash button (SHU/I 43 models) or Regular Wash button (SHU/I 53 & 68 models).

Draining

30 seconds

Allow dishwasher to drain.

Aqua Sensor calibration

65 seconds

Not on SHU/I 43 models. Skip this test.

Filling

Until water level switch closes

Cant skip this test

Heating & Circulating

Until water reaches 150ºF (rises ~ 2ºF/minute)

Dont run entire test (to save time) -- when water starts circulating, measure current in main power line to dishwasher. Skip test once current has been measured. If current is ~ 11A, heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit are OK. If current ~ 1.5-2A, turn off dishwasher, remove or block up tank and measure resistance of heater, Hi-Limit & flow switch (see below).

Draining

60 seconds

185ºF High Limit

NOTE: Once its found one of these parts is faulty (from incoming current being 1.5 - 2A), check each part (once tank has been removed or blocked up) by measuring its resistance at its terminals:

Heater

n n n

F

Flow switch 1st Edition/Revision 1

Quick Chart

Last test. To end test program, press

On/Off button (all models).

Troubleshooting

Heater ~ 11 W Hi-Limit ~ .3 W Flow switch ~ .4 W -- must remove microswitch from heater housing & close its contacts to measure this. A spring loaded plunger closes microswitch when water is flowing.

Test Programs

Tech Manual

Repair Manual

Tuesday, August 8, 2000

B A Installing jumper for control modules for SHU/I 53 series dishwashers Control Module Part # 266746 1 2 3 2 1

2 1

2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

NOTE: Remove existing jumper from old SHU/I 53 control module and install onto new module.

This part # 266746 control module is used for all SHU/I 53 series & SHU/I 68 series dishwashers. SHU/I 53 models use a jumper (part # 167782), while SHU/I 68 models dont. Since each control module is shipped without a jumper, existing jumper must be used (or jumper # 167782 must be ordered separately). This applies to SHU/I 5302, 5304, 5305, 5306, 5312, 5314, 5315 & 5316 models. Please note this # 266746 control module replaced the module # 263832 referred to in the 1st Edition/Revision 0 of these instructions.

1st Edition/Revision 1

Quick Chart

Troubleshooting

Test Programs

Tech Manual

Repair Manual

Tuesday, August 8, 2000

B A

Page C-1

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart Use this chart to quickly identify problems from front of dishwasher without removing it. For a complete troubleshooting chart when symptoms are known, please refer to the SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart. NOTE:

Use a multimeter with temperature, voltage/resistance and current (ampere) probes. Do all resistance checks with power turned off. Identify each wire color and location at the control module before looking at this chart. For a quick reference for measuring resistances from the front of the dishwasher, please refer to the one page diagram Measuring Resistances from the Front of any SHU or SHI Dishwasher.

NOTE:

To access wire harnesses, open door and remove outer door panel (by removing three T20 Torx screws on each side of inner door, starting from bottom -- the top six screws hold the fascia panel to the door). Once screws are out, close door, lift outer door panel up and pull bottom of panel out – door panel will drop out.

NOTE:

Please see circuit diagram #36 for SHU/I 43/53/68 model dishwashers and diagram #48 for SHV 43/48 model dishwashers in the Major Appliance Technical Manual.

NOTE:

An "F" fault code in the display for SHU/I 53/68 dishwashers shows there's a filling problem (not filling, overfilling, underfilling or water in the base). The fault code can't be reset manually – it will reset itself 15 minutes after the dishwasher has been turned on (after testing how it fills).

To check

Measure

If yes

If no

ü Water valve

ü Resistance through water valve terminals (≈ 1000 Ω).

ü Valve may be OK – more testing may be needed.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace water valve.

ü Drain motor

ü Lift plastic terminal cover and measure resistance through drain motor terminals (≈ 16.5 Ω).

ü Drain motor may be OK – more testing may be needed.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace drain motor.

HINT: Locking type terminals are used – push a small (#1) blade screwdriver into each terminal notch and slide terminal off at same time.

HINT: The drain motor is not a bilge pump – it won't remove water from the dishwasher base.

HINT: Start test program, start any wash cycle or reset dishwasher to run drain motor -- see if water drains.

1st Edition/Revision 0-A

Tuesday, May 11, 1999

BA

Page C-2

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart To check

Measure

If yes

ü Heater / flow switch / HiLimit thermostat o (185 F)

ü Current through hot wire into dishwasher – should be 10.5-11 A (amps).

ü Heater/flow switch/HiLimit thermostat are OK.

ü

HINT: The resistance of heater is ≈ 11 Ω, Hi-Limit thermostat is ≈ .3 Ω & flow switch is ≈ .4 Ω. To measure flow switch resistance, remove microswitch & close its contacts.

HINT: Don't pull out dishwasher and remove tub for initial checking – only when you're certain one of these parts has failed.

HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove or tilt/block up tub to replace parts. Bring all three parts before disassembling dishwasher and test each part separately.

HINT: The NTC and Hi-Limit o (185 F thermostat) are changed as a unit. Must pull out dishwasher and remove or block up tub to replace it.

ü NTC (temperature probe)

ü

At control module, measure resistance between two brown wires at left of right harness (≈ 55 kΩ at room temperature (72oF)).

HINT: Start test program (SHU/I models) and skip "draining" and "Aqua Sensor Calibration" until water has finished filling. When heater comes on, measure current. Skip "heating & circulating" once you've measured current to save time.

ü NTC probably is OK.

HINT: Make sure water in sump has cooled to room temperature before measuring resistance.

ü Water level switch

ü Float switch

1st Edition/Revision 0-A

ü

ü

If no Test each part, turn off dishwasher and replace defective part.

HINT: The Hi-Limit o thermostat (185 F) is a bimetal self-resetting thermostat.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace NTC.

HINT: The NTC and Hi-Limit o (185 F thermostat) are changed as a unit. Must pull out dishwasher and remove or block up tub to replace it.

After water fills, turn off dishwasher and measure (SHU/I models) between white wire at left of 3rd harness from left and 2nd blue wire from left of 4th harness from left (≈ .4 Ω).

ü Water level switch is OK.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace water level switch.

HINT: For SHV models, measure between white wire st at right of 1 harness & white th wire at left of 4 harness.

HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove left side panel to access water level switch.

Resistance between white wire to water valve and white wire either at right of on/off switch harness (SHU/I models) or at left of 4th harness (SHV models) (≈ 4Ω).

ü Float switch and water valve probably are OK.

ü Test float switch and water valve, turn off dishwasher and replace whatever part was defective.

Tuesday, May 11, 1999

B A

Page C-3

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart To check

Measure

ü Float switch (cont.).

HINT: Any debris (e.g. a cable tie) in dishwasher base can move under float and turn on float switch. Clean all debris from dishwasher base.

ü Aqua sensor

ü Find three brown wires at far right of control module. Measure resistance between middle wire and left (preferred) or right wire (≥ 1 MΩ).

ü Sensor may be OK.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace sensor.

HINT: The aqua sensor does not affect washability and should not be replaced (unless a leak has occurred around it).

HINT: Don't check this unless customer has brought up long wash times (and has measured them). The sensor checks water clarity and adds a wash/rinse cycle only when the rinse water is still dirty.

HINT: Can also measure resistance between inner terminal (light) and either outer terminal (sensor) of sensor itself.

HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove left side panel to access sensor (for measuring or replacing). Sensor can be pulled out of sensor assembly at rear of sump.

ü Circulation motor

ü At control module, measure resistance (SHU/I models) between white/red wire st on 1 harness from left nd & 2 blue wire from th right on 4 harness from left (≈ 10 Ω).

ü Circulation motor may be OK – more testing may be needed (if debris entered impeller).

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace circulation motor.

HINT: For SHV models, measure between white/red nd wire at left of 2 harness & th white wire at middle of 4 harness.

HINT: Debris can get in if filter basket wasn't properly screwed in and locked. Don't remove motor to clean impeller – remove filter basket/screen and reach through right side of sump into impeller.

HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove or tilt/block up tub to remove or replace motor – do so only if certain motor has failed or impeller is jammed with debris.

ü Detergent dispenser actuator

ü Resistance through "wax" motor terminals (≈ 2150 Ω).

ü Actuator motor may be OK – more testing may be needed.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace actuator "wax" motor.

ü Top rack only actuator (SHU/I 68-& SHV 48-models only).

ü At control module, measure resistance (SHU/I models) between white wires of rd 3 harness (from left) - (≈ 2150 Ω).

ü Actuator motor may be OK – more testing may be needed.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace actuator "wax" motor.

(SHU 53-- & 68—only)

1st Edition/Revision 0-A

If yes

If no HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove left side panel to access float switch.

HINT: Due to nature of sensor, resistance readings can be inconsistent.

HINT: For SHV models, measure between white/red nd wire at left of 2 harness & th white wire at middle of 4 harness.

Tuesday, May 11, 1999

BA

Page C-4

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart To check

Measure

If yes

If no

ü Control module

ü Run test program (SHU/I models) and check if indicator lights/displays come on and all buttons click (and resist a bit when pressed).

ü Module may be OK – more testing may be needed.

ü Go to troubleshooting chart and check whether module or another part is faulty.

ü Rinse aid dispenser level switch

ü At control module, measure resistance between two yellow nd wires (2 harness from right) -- (≈ .4 Ω).

ü Level switch probably is OK.

ü Check to see if rinse aid dispenser is empty. If not, turn off dishwasher and replace level switch.

(SHU 53/68 & SHV 48— models only)

NOTE:

The following parts can't be serviced from the front of the dishwasher (the dishwasher must be pulled out and the tank removed or tilted/blocked up to replace them): •

Heater

•

Circulation motor

•

Aqua sensor ("Sensotronic")

•

NTC (temperature probe)/Hi-Limit (185oF) thermostat

NOTE:

You will need a T20 Torx screwdriver and may need #1/ #2 flat blade screwdrivers and a pair of needlenose pliers. Many parts can be snapped out without using tools.

NOTE:

On SHU/I 43/53/68 models, run test program to identify dishwasher problems (please see page F-1). The test can run more than one hour (to get temperature up to 150oF), but tests can be cancelled to greatly shorten testing time. The test program allows draining, filling, circulating and heating to be checked more quickly than running a standard wash cycle. To use test program for troubleshooting, measure voltages/currents as parts come on. For example, run heating test and measure current coming into dishwasher – if current ≈ 11A, Hi-Limit, heater and flow switch are OK. If not, check each part to see which one failed. This test saves time since you can't get to these parts without removing the tank and can't run resistance checks from front of dishwasher because flow switch stays open. Please see page B-1 on using test program to troubleshoot heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit.

1st Edition/Revision 0-A

Tuesday, May 11, 1999

B A

Page C-5

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart NOTE: To cancel/drain dishwasher while it's cycling, press and hold the following buttons (until dishwasher starts to drain): G

SHU/I 43-- & SHV 43/48

G

Press and hold "Regular Wash" & "Power Scrub Plus" buttons

G

SHU/I 53/68

G

Press and hold "Scrub Wash" & "Delicate/Economy" buttons until "CL" shows on display

▲

WARNING!

ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD (120 VAC) •

TURN OFF ELECTRICAL POWER AT THE CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE BOX BEFORE DISASSEMBLING OR REPAIRING THE DISHWASHER.

•

MAKE SURE THE DISHWASHER IS ELECTRICALLY GROUNDED.

•

USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY FOR ALL WIRING OR REWIRING. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

1st Edition/Revision 0-A

Tuesday, May 11, 1999

B A

Page D-1

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart NOTE: For minor problems from improper usage or lack of maintenance, please refer customer to the Self-Help chart in their Use and Care Manual. Problem ü Washability problems (dishwasher won't clean properly)

Possible Cause

Suggested Action

ü Inappropriate dishwasher detergent used.

ü Instruct customer to use a powdered dishwasher detergent (e.g. Cascade powder).

ü Blocked or clogged upper/ lower spray arms.

ü Check spray arms – clean or replace as needed.

ü Water doesn't circulate properly due to debris in circulation motor impeller.

ü Twist and remove filter, then remove debris from right side of sump where water enters circulation pump impeller. If debris has jammed impeller, turn off and pull out dishwasher, remove tank, remove circulation motor and unscrew and clean out impeller. HINT: If impeller is damaged, replace entire impeller assembly or it won't seal adequately.

HINT: Water level will not affect washability as water fill is measured by pressure, not time – water level cannot be adjusted.

1st Edition/Revision 0-B

ü Filter not locked down securely, allowing debris to enter sump.

ü Twist and remove filter, then remove debris from sump. Instruct customer to twist and lock filter (cylinder) securely into sump.

CAUTION: Use caution when removing debris from sump to avoid being cut by sharp debris such as aluminum can tabs or broken glass.

HINT: Due to high temperature rinse (161 F) breaking down food debris and triple filtering system trapping food debris, filters shouldn't normally clog up. Problem often caused by filter not being securely locked down. Instruct customer to twist and lock filter (cylinder) securely into dishwasher sump.

ü Drain hose behind dishwasher doesn't have an adequate loop.

ü Loop drain hose behind the dishwasher (with the top of the loop) at least 20" above the floor.

ü Partially clogged air gap, allowing wastewater from prior washes to circulate in dishwasher.

ü Unclog sink air gap.

o

NOTE: Cleaning sink air gaps is not covered under warranty.

ü Water doesn't drain properly

ü See Water doesn't drain properly on page D-3.

ü Soap doesn't enter dishwasher due to dispenser actuator (A 2) failure.

ü Turn off dishwasher and test actuator – replace if faulty.

Wednesday, August 9, 2000

BA

Page D-2

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart Problem

Possible Cause

Suggested Action

HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove left side panel to access float switch.

HINT: One "wax" motor operates both the detergent and rinse aid dispensers through a mechanical linkage. The system always resets when door closes. Check linkage by moving it manually. Check "wax" motor by running a continuity check on its terminals.

ü Too much detergent used.

ü Instruct customer to use less.

ü Improper detergent used (other than powdered dishwasher detergent).

ü Instruct customer to use a powdered dishwasher detergent (e.g. Cascade powder).

ü Dishwasher doesn't drain properly.

ü See Water doesn't drain properly on page D-3.

ü Dishes won't dry properly.

ü Rinse aid not used.

ü Instruct customer on using rinse aid – dishes won't dry without it.

ü Dishwasher has an odor.

ü Standing water in dishwasher sump.

ü Unclog air gap. Make sure top of drain hose loop (behind dishwasher) is at least 20" above floor (add a loop in hose if there isn't one).

ü Washability problems (dishwasher won't clean properly) (cont.) ü Suds or foam remains in dishwasher.

HINT: Water level in sump should be at or below drain motor cover.

ü Standing water in dishwasher base. ü Minerals in customer water supply.

ü Dishwasher won't run or indicator lights won't come on.

ü Food debris in dishwasher filters.

ü Clean dishwasher filters.

ü Dishwasher not turned on. ü No power to dishwasher.

ü Turn on/off switch on. ü Check customer circuit breaker, fuse box or power connections.

ü Door ajar or on/off switch failed.

ü Turn off dishwasher and check door or on/off switch -- adjust or replace them.

ü Door latch has broken.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace door latch – instruct customer to not pull on door without pulling latch. ü Run test program to see if light failed (for SHU/I 43/53/68 models only – see page F-1). If so, turn off dishwasher and replace indicator light.

ü Indicator light failed.

1st Edition/Revision 0-B

ü Turn off dishwasher, drain water manually from dishwasher base and correct source of water leakage. ü Recommend customer to get water tested and use an appropriate water softener.

Wednesday, August 9, 2000

B A

Page D-3

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart Problem ü Dishwasher won't stop filling or won't stop draining.

ü Water doesn't drain properly.

CAUTION: Use caution when removing debris from sump to avoid being cut by sharp debris such as aluminum can tabs or broken glass.

Possible Cause ü Water in dishwasher base from leaky or loose hose. ü Dishwasher isn't level, causing float switch (e 6) to operate. ü Float switch or diaphragm (e6) failed.

ü Turn off dishwasher, drain water manually from dishwasher base and reinstall or replace hose. ü Level dishwasher using front and rear leveling legs (see customer dishwasher installation instructions). ü Turn off dishwasher and replace float switch or diaphragm.

ü Debris in dishwasher base activated float switch (e6).

ü Turn off dishwasher and remove debris from dishwasher base

ü Kink in drain hose. ü Dishwasher filter(s) or sump clogged.

ü Straighten or replace drain hose. ü Clean dishwasher filters or sump.

ü Drain motor impeller clogged.

ü Turn off dishwasher, remove drain motor cover (in sump) and clean impeller. If necessary, remove drain motor to clean impeller.

ü Kitchen sink or sink air gap clogged.

ü Unclog sink or sink air gap. NOTE: Cleaning sink air gaps or sinks are not covered under warranty.

ü Drain motor (m 3) failed.

ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or module (all other models) failed.

ü Improper drain connection height (< 20" or 508mm above floor). ü Water fills too slowly.

ü Low customer water supply pressure. ü Inadequate customer water supply piping. ü Scale in customer supply piping or dishwasher piping/parts from hard water.

1st Edition/Revision 0-A

Suggested Action

ü Turn off dishwasher and measure resistance at motor terminals (≈ 16.5 Ω). Replace faulty motor. ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or module. Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty timer or module (for SHU/I 43/53 models, install existing module jumper onto new module). ü Install drain height and sink air gap according to local codes. ü Adjust customer water supply pressure (to 5-20 psi or 0.3-8.27 bars). ü Install appropriate piping to dishwasher (minimum 3/8" copper tanking) according to local codes. ü Clean or replace clogged piping/parts and have customer get water tested and use appropriate water softener.

Tuesday, May 11, 1999

BA

Page D-4

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart Problem

Possible Cause

Suggested Action

ü Water won't fill.

ü Customer water supply turned off or disconnected. ü Water valve (s2) failed.

ü Reconnect and turn on customer water supply. ü Check resistance @ water valve terminals (≈ 1000 Ω). Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty valve.

NOTE: An "F" fault code in the display for SHU/I 53/68 dishwashers shows there's a filling problem (not filling, over-

ü Water level switch (f 1) failed.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty level switch. ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or module. Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty timer or module (for SHU/I 43/53 models, install existing module jumper onto new module). ü Turn off dishwasher, drain water manually from dishwasher base, find source of leaking water and fix water leak.

filling, underfilling or water in the base). The fault code

ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or module (all other models) failed.

can't be reset manually – it will reset itself 15 minutes after the dishwasher has been turned on (after testing how it fills).

ü Water in dishwasher base operated float switch (e 6).

ü Detergent or rinse aid won't dispense properly.

ü Dispenser actuator (A 2) failed. ü Detergent dispenser door is jammed.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace actuator. ü Free jammed detergent dispenser door.

ü Refill rinse aid light won't come on (SHU/I 53/68 & SHV 48 models).

ü Rinse aid level switch (reed switch e 3) failed.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace reed switch.

ü Water doesn't circulate.

ü Circulation motor (m2) failed. ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or module (all other models) failed.

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace motor. ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or module. Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty timer or module (for SHU/I 43/53 models, install existing module jumper onto new module).

ü Water doesn’t heat up properly.

ü Hi-Limit (f5) tripped and failed to reset.

ü Run test program (SHU/I 43/53/68 models) – measure current to dishwasher. If current ≈ 11A, Hi-Limit is OK. If not (and for all other models), turn off dishwasher and measure resistance @ Hi-Limit terminals (≈ .3 Ω). Replace faulty Hi-Limit.

ü NTC (temperature sensor) failed.

ü Turn off dishwasher and check o resistance of NTC (≈ 55 kΩ @ 72 F). Replace faulty NTC.

o

o

ü 140 F (f 3) or 161 F (f4) thermostat (SHU 30/40 models) failed. 1st Edition/Revision 0-A

ü Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty thermostat. Tuesday, May 11, 1999

B A

Page D-5

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart Problem ü Water doesn’t heat up properly (cont.).

Possible Cause

Suggested Action

ü Heater (r 1) failed.

ü Run test program (SHU/I 43/53/68 models – see page B-1) – measure current to dishwasher. If current ≈ 11A, heater is OK. If not (and for all other models), turn off dishwasher and measure heater resistance (≈ 11 Ω). Replace faulty heater.

ü Water flow switch (e 5) failed.

ü Run test program (SHU/I 43/53/68 models – see page B-1) – measure current to dishwasher. If current ≈ 11A, flow switch is OK. If not, remove flow switch microswitch, close its contacts & measure its resistance (≈ .4 Ω). Replace faulty flow switch. ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or module. Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty timer or module (for SHU/I 43/53 models, install existing module jumper onto new module).

ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or module (all other models) failed.

ü Dishwasher cycle runs too long, yet dishwasher washes, rinses and shuts off OK.

ü Customer hot water supply o isn't hot enough (< 140 F/ o 60 C).

ü Adjust hot water supply according to local codes.

ü Water leaks from front of dishwasher.

ü Blocked or clogged upper or lower spray arms. ü Excessive foaming.

ü Check spray arms – clean or replace as needed. ü See Suds or foam remains in dishwasher on page D-2.

ü Damaged door gasket.

ü Install new door gasket, providing an extra 1" – 1-1/4" on each side to cover bottom of tank (for a dam to prevent leaking from splashing water at bottom corners of tank). HINT: Original gasket was longer to provide a dam for tank corners. Do not trim gasket flush with sides of tank or leaking may occur.

NOTE:

Use a multimeter with temperature, voltage/resistance and current (ampere) probes. Do all resistance checks with power turned off. Identify each wire color and location at the control module before looking at this chart. For a quick reference for measuring resistances from the front of the dishwasher, please refer to the one page diagram Measuring Resistances from the Front of any SHU or SHI Dishwasher.

1st Edition/Revision 0-A

Tuesday, May 11, 1999

BA

Page D-6

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart NOTE:

You will need a T20 Torx screwdriver and may need #1/ #2 flat blade screwdrivers and a pair of needlenose pliers. Many parts can be snapped out without using tools.

HINT:

Symbols for parts (e.g. " f3" or " e6 " ) refer to schematic diagram #36 on page E-1 and #48 on page E-2.

NOTE:

The following parts can't be serviced from the front of the dishwasher (the dishwasher must be pulled out and the tank removed or tilted/blocked up to replace them):

NOTE:

•

Heater

•

Circulation motor

•

Aqua sensor ("Sensotronic")

•

NTC (temperature probe)/Hi-Limit (185oF) thermostat On SHU/I 43/53/68 models, run test program to identify dishwasher problems (see test program guide on page F-1). The test can run more than one hour (to get temperature up to 150oF), but tests can be cancelled to greatly shorten testing time. The test program allows draining, filling, circulating and heating to be checked more quickly than running a standard wash cycle. To use test program for troubleshooting, measure voltages/currents as parts come on. For example, run heating test and measure current coming into dishwasher – if current ≈ 11A, Hi-Limit, heater and flow switch are OK. If not, check each part to see which one failed. This test saves time since you can't get to these parts without removing the tank and can't run resistance checks from front of dishwasher because flow switch stays open. Please see page B-1 on using test program to troubleshoot heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit.

NOTE:

To cancel/drain dishwasher while it's cycling, press and hold the following buttons (until dishwasher starts to drain): G

SHU/I 43-- & SHV 43/48

G

Depress and hold "Regular Wash" & "Power Scrub Plus" buttons

G

SHU/I 53/68

G

Depress and hold "Scrub Wash" & "Delicate/Economy" buttons until "CL" shows on display

NOTE:

Jumpers aren't included with replacement modules. For SHU/I 43/53 models, take jumper off old module and put it on new module.

NOTE:

An "F" fault code in the display for SHU/I 53/68 dishwashers shows there's a filling problem (not filling, overfilling, underfilling or water in the base). The fault code can't be reset manually – it will reset itself 15 minutes after the dishwasher has been turned on (after testing how it fills).

1st Edition/Revision 0-A

Tuesday, May 11, 1999

B A

Page D-7

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart NOTE:

The customer hot water supply should meet or exceed the minimum requirements below for the dishwasher to operate efficiently. Installations not meeting these requirements should be reinstalled according to local codes. •

20-60 psi (1.4 - 4.1 bars) water pressure

•

140oF (60oC) water temperature (recommended)

•

minimum 3/8" (9.5 mm) flexible stainless steel or copper tanking inlet line

▲

WARNING!

ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD (120 VAC) •

TURN OFF ELECTRICAL POWER AT THE CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE BOX BEFORE DISASSEMBLING OR REPAIRING THE DISHWASHER.

•

MAKE SURE THE DISHWASHER IS ELECTRICALLY GROUNDED.

•

USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY FOR ALL WIRING OR REWIRING. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

1st Edition/Revision 0-A

Tuesday, May 11, 1999

B A

Page F-1A

SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs TEST*

TIME

NOTES

Draining

30 seconds

Aqua Sensor

65 seconds

Not on SHI/U 43-- models

Filling

Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes

Can't skip this test

Heating & Circulating

Until water temperature reaches 150 F (65 C)

Draining

60 seconds

("Sensotronic") Calibration

º

* To skip a test:

SHI/U 43 models SHI/U 53/ 68 models

º

Dispenser actuator comes on

Press SCRUB WASH button. Press REGULAR WASH button.

SHI/U 43—MODELS To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check each program indicator light, press its button. To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When testing has ended and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit: WASH RINSE/DRY CLEAN

= = =

Heater fault Water filling fault (over or under filling) NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started during an NTC fault

To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), RINSE/DRY light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), CLEAN light will come on immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. If more than one fault occurs, more than one light will be lit. SHU 43 models program buttons & indicator lights:

See page F1B for SHU 4322/4326 models, F-1C for SHU 53 models and page F-1D for SHI/U 68 models

1st Edition/Revision 2

Power Scrub Plus

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Rinse & Hold

Wash

Rinse/ Dry

Clean

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

l

l Cancel Drain

Tuesday, June 27, 2000

B A

Page F-1B

SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs TEST*

TIME

NOTES

Draining

30 seconds

Aqua Sensor

65 seconds

Not on SHI/U 43-- models

Filling

Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes

Can't skip this test

Heating & Circulating

Until water temperature reaches 150 F (65 C)

Draining

60 seconds

("Sensotronic") Calibration

º

* To skip a test:

º

SHI/U 43 models SHI/U 53/ 68 models

Dispenser actuator comes on

Press SCRUB WASH button. Press REGULAR WASH button.

SHU 4322 & 4326 MODELS To start test program, press and hold both REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. Initially, control module version # will be displayed (e.g./ “20” = version 0 without jumper). When wash program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check each program indicator light, press its button. To check Cycle Countdown display, Refill Rinse Agent light and REGULAR WASH light, press REGULAR WASH button (press Delay Start button to test Cycle Countdown display alone). Cycle Countdown display will show "88" when REGULAR WASH button is pressed and "8h" when Delay Start button is pressed. To start testing, press both the REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD buttons a second time. When testing has ended, Cycle Countdown display will show a fault using codes below. If more than one fault occurs, code numbers will be added together, (e.g./ “6” = faults 2 + 4). 0 = No faults detected 1 = Aqua Sensor ("Sensotronic") fault

2 = Heating fault 4 = Filling fault

8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault F = Filling fault (display occurs during wash, not test)

To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "4" and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), display will show "0", water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "8" immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. SHU 4322/4326 models program buttons & indicator lights: Cycle Countdown

20 See page F1A for SHI/U 43 models, F1C for SHU 53 models and page F1D for SHI/U 68 models

1st Edition/Revision 2

Power Scrub Plus

Regular Wash

Delicate /Econo

Rinse & Hold

Refill Rinse Agent

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

l

l Cancel Drain

Tuesday, June 27, 2000

B A

Page F-1C

SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs TEST*

TIME

NOTES

Draining

30 seconds

Aqua Sensor

65 seconds

Not on SHI/U 43-- models

Filling

Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes

Can't skip this test

Heating & Circulating

Until water temperature reaches 150 F (65 C)

Draining

60 seconds

("Sensotronic") Calibration

º

* To skip a test:

º

SHI/U 43 models SHI/U 53/ 68 models

Dispenser actuator comes on

Press SCRUB WASH button. Press REGULAR WASH button.

SHU 53 MODELS To start test program, press and hold both SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. Initially, control module version # will be displayed (e.g./ “21” = version 1 with jumper). When wash program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check each program indicator light, press its button. To check Cycle Countdown display, Refill Rinse Agent light and REGULAR WASH light, press REGULAR WASH button (press Delay Start button to test Cycle Countdown display alone). Cycle Countdown display will show "88" when REGULAR WASH button is pressed and "8h" when Delay Start button is pressed. To start testing, press both the SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO buttons a second time. When testing has ended, Cycle Countdown display will show a fault using codes below. If more than one fault occurs, code numbers will be added together, (e.g./ “6” = faults 2 + 4). 0 = No faults detected 1 = Aqua Sensor ("Sensotronic") fault

2 = Heating fault 4 = Filling fault

8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault F = Filling fault (display occurs during wash, not test)

To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "4" and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), display will show "0", water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "8" immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. SHU 53 models program buttons & indicator lights: Cycle Countdown

21 See page F-1A for SHI/U 43 models, F-1B for SHU 4322/4326 models and page F-1D for SHI/U 68 models

1st Edition/Revision 2

Power Scrub Plus

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Delicate /Econo

Rinse & Hold

Refill Rinse Agent

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

l Delay Start Hours

l Cancel Drain Tuesday, June 27, 2000

B A

Page F-1D

SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs TEST*

TIME

NOTES

Draining

30 seconds

Aqua Sensor

65 seconds

Not on SHI/U 43-- models

Filling

Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes

Can't skip this test

Heating & Circulating

Until water temperature reaches 150 F (65 C)

Draining

60 seconds

("Sensotronic") Calibration

º

* To skip a test:

SHI/U 43 models SHI/U 53/ 68 models

º

Dispenser actuator comes on

Press SCRUB WASH button. Press REGULAR WASH button.

SHI/U 68-- MODELS To start test program, press and hold both SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. Initially, control module version # will be displayed (e.g./ “20” = version 0 without jumper). When wash program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check each program indicator light, press its button. To check Cycle Countdown display, Refill Rinse Agent light and REGULAR WASH light, press REGULAR WASH button (press Delay Start button to test Cycle Countdown display alone). Cycle Countdown display will show "88" when REGULAR WASH button is pressed and "8h" when Delay Start button is pressed. To start testing, press both SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO buttons a second time. When testing has ended, Cycle Countdown display will show a fault using codes below. If more than one fault occurs, code numbers will be added together, (e.g./ “6” = faults 2 + 4). 0 = No faults detected 1 = Aqua Sensor ("Sensotronic") fault

2 = Heating fault 4 = Filling fault

8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault F = Filling fault (display occurs during wash, not test)

To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "4" and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), display will show "0", water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "8" immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. SHU 68 models program buttons & indicator lights: Cycle Countdown

20 See page F1A for SHI/U 43 models, F1B for SHU 4322/4326 models and page F-1C for SHU 53 models

¢

Power Scrub Plus

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Delicate /Econo

Quick Wash

Rinse & Hold

Refill Rinse Agent

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

l Delay Start Hours

1st Edition/Revision 2

Top Rack Only

l Cancel Drain

Tuesday, June 27, 2000

B A

Page F-2

SHV 43/48 Dishwasher Test Program TEST*

TIME

NOTES

Draining

30 seconds

Filling

Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes

Input current < 1 A

Heating & Circulating (water circulates before unit stops filling)

Until water temperature reaches º º 150 F (65 C)

Input current ~ 11 A and dispenser actuator comes on

Draining

60 seconds

* To skip Heating & Circulating test:

SHV 43/48 models

Press SCRUB WASH button.

SHV 43/48 MODELS To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. NOTE: TO ENABLE LIGHTS TO COME ON, DOOR MUST BE OPENED. To check program indicator lights (POWER SCRUB PLUS, SCRUB WASH, REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD), press and hold each program button. When SCRUB WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN and REFILL RINSE AGENT lights also come on (for SHV 4803 models) or CLEAN light also comes on (for SHV 4303 models). NOTE: TO ENABLE LIGHTS TO COME ON, DOOR MUST BE OPENED. To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When testing has ended and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit: POWER SCRUB PLUS SCRUB WASH REGULAR WASH

= = =

Heater fault Water filling fault (over or under filling) NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started during an NTC fault

To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), SCRUB WASH light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), REGULAR WASH light will come on immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. NOTE: TO ENABLE LIGHTS TO COME ON, DOOR MUST BE OPENED. If more than one fault occurs, more than one light will be lit. SHV 4303 models program buttons & indicator lights:

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

Clean

Power Scrub Plus

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Rinse & Hold

SHV 4803 models program buttons & indicator lights:

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

Clean

Refill Rinse Agent

Top Rack Only

Power Scrub Plus

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Rinse & Hold

1st Edition/Revision 0-A

Monday, April 24, 2000

B A

Page F-3A

SHU 99 Dishwasher Test Program TEST*

TIME

NOTES

Draining

30 seconds

Filling

Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes

Input current < 1 A

Heating & Circulating (water circulates before unit stops filling)

Until water temperature reaches º º 150 F (65 C)

Input current ~ 11 A and dispenser actuator comes on

Draining

60 seconds

*To skip Heating & Circulating test: SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) models SHU 991x/2x (Integra) models

Press SCRUB WASH button. Press SCRUB WASH button.

SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) MODELS To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check program indicator lights (POWER SCRUB PLUS, SCRUB WASH, REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD), press and hold each program button. When SCRUB WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN light also comes on. To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When testing has ended and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit: POWER SCRUB PLUS SCRUB WASH REGULAR WASH

= =

=

Heater fault Water filling fault (over or under filling) NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started during an NTC fault

To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), SCRUB WASH light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), REGULAR WASH light will come on immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. If more than one fault occurs, more than one light will be lit. SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) models program buttons & indicator lights:

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

Clean

Power Scrub Plus

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Rinse & Hold

See page F-3B for SHU 991x/992x (Integra) Models

1st Edition/Revision 1

Monday, October 9, 2000

B A

Page F-3B

SHU 99 Dishwasher Test Program TEST*

TIME

NOTES

Draining

30 seconds

Filling

Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes

Input current < 1 A

Heating & Circulating (water circulates before unit stops filling)

Until water temperature reaches º º 150 F (65 C)

Input current ~ 11 A and dispenser actuator comes on

Draining

60 seconds

*To skip Heating & Circulating test: SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) models SHU 991x/992x (Integra) models

Press SCRUB WASH button. Press SCRUB WASH button.

SHU 991x/992x (Integra) MODELS To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check program indicator lights (POWER SCRUB PLUS, SCRUB WASH, REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD), press and hold each program button. When SCRUB WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN light also comes on and an audible tone (“beep”) also occurs. To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When testing has ended and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit: POWER SCRUB PLUS SCRUB WASH REGULAR WASH

= =

=

Heater fault Water filling fault (over or under filling) NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started during an NTC fault

To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), SCRUB WASH light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), REGULAR WASH light will come on immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. If more than one fault occurs, more than one light will be lit. SHU 991x/992x (Integra) models propgram buttons & indicator lights:

¢

¢

¢

¢

¢

Clean

Power Scrub Plus

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Rinse & Hold

See page F-3A for SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) Models

1st Edition/Revision 1

Monday, October 9, 2000

B A

Page F-4

SHU 33 Dishwasher Test Program TEST*

TIME

NOTES

Draining

30 seconds

Filling

Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes

Input current < 1 A

Heating & Circulating (water circulates before unit stops filling)

Until water temperature reaches º º 150 F (65 C)

Input current ~ 11 A and dispenser actuator comes on

Draining

60 seconds

* To skip Heating & Circulating test:

SHU 33 models

Press REGULAR WASH button.

SHU 33 MODELS To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and RINSE & HOLD program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check program indicator lights (POWER SCRUB PLUS, REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD), press and hold each program button. When REGULAR WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN light also comes on. To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and RINSE & HOLD buttons a second time. When testing has ended and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit: POWER SCRUB PLUS REGULAR WASH RINSE & HOLD

= = =

Heater fault Water filling fault (over or under filling) NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started during an NTC fault

To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), REGULAR WASH light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain º where testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), RINSE & HOLD light will come on immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. If more than one fault occurs, more than one light will be lit. SHU 33 models program buttons & indicator lights: Clean

Power Scrub Plus

Regular Wash

Rinse & Hold

¢

¢

¢

¢

l

l Cancel Drain

1st Edition/Revision 0-A

Monday, April 24, 2000

H Major Appliances Technical Manual For:

BOSCH

Effective August 1, 2000

2nd Edition/Rev. 1

This BSH Major Appliances Technical Manual supersedes all BSH Major Appliances Technical Manuals previously published.

BSH Home Appliances 5551 McFadden Avenue Huntington Beach, CA 92649

A B TABLE OF CONTENTS MODEL

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

WIRING DIAGRAM

DISHWASHERS SHI 4302 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 SHI 4302 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 SHI 4306 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 SHI 4306 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6802 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6802 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6805 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6805 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6806 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6806 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 SHU 3002 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 SHU 3006 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 SHU 3012 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 SHU 3016 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 SHU 3032 UC/06 ..................................................... 62 SHU 3032 UC/10 ..................................................... 62 SHU 3036 UC/06 ..................................................... 62 SHU 3036 UC/10 ..................................................... 62 SHU 3302 UC/06 ..................................................... 60 SHU 3302 UC/10 ..................................................... 60 SHU 3305 UC/06 ..................................................... 60 SHU 3305 UC/10 ..................................................... 60 SHU 3306 UC/06 ..................................................... 60 SHU 3306 UC/10 ..................................................... 60 SHU 4002 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4002 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4006 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4006 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4016 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4016 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4022 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4022 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4026 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4026 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4036 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4036 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4302 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4302 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4306 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4306 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4312 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4312 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4316 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4316 UC/10 ..................................................... 36

37 37 37 37 39 39 39 39 39 39 34 34 34 34 63 63 63 63 61 61 61 61 61 61 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37

i

TIMING DIAGRAM – – – – – – – – – – 35 35 35 35 64 64 64 64 – – – – – – 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 – – – – – – – –

TEST PROGRAM 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 – – – – – – – – 67 67 67 67 67 67 – – – – – – – – – – – – 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

A B TABLE OF CONTENTS MODEL

CIIRCUIT DIAGRAM

WIRING DIAGRAM

SHU 5302 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5302 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5304 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5304 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5305 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5305 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5306 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5306 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5312 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5312 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5314 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5314 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5315 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5315 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5316 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5316 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6802 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6802 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6805 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6805 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6806 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6806 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 9902 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9902 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9905 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9905 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9906 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9906 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9912 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9912 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9915 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9915 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9916 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9916 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHV 4303 UC/06 ...................................................... 48 SHV 4303 UC/10 ...................................................... 48 SHV 4803 UC/06 ...................................................... 48 SHV 4803 UC/07 ...................................................... 48 SHV 4803 UC/10 ...................................................... 48 SMI 7052 US/08 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7052 US/09 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7052 UC/09 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7052 UC/14 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7052 UC/14 FD 7402 and above ............... 16 SMI 7056 US/08 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7056 US/09 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7056 UC/09 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7056 UC/14 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7056 UC/14 FD 7402 and above ............... 16

38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 39 39 39 39 39 39 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 12 12 12 13 14 12 12 12 13 14

ii

TIMING DIAGRAM – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

TEST PROGRAM 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 65 65 65 65 65 – – – – – – – – – –

A B TABLE OF CONTENTS MODEL

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

SMU 2042 UC/09 ..................................................... 01 SMU 2042 UC/13 ..................................................... 01 SMU 2042 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 SMU 2046 UC/09 ..................................................... 01 SMU 2046 UC/13 ..................................................... 01 SMU 2046 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 SMU 3032 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 SMU 3036 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 SMU 4052 US/01 ..................................................... 04 SMU 4052 US/08 ..................................................... 05 SMU 4052 US/09 ..................................................... 04 SMU 4052 US/09 FD 7301 and above ............. 05 SMU 4052 UC/09 ..................................................... 05 SMU 4052 UC/14 ..................................................... 05 SMU 4056 US/01 ..................................................... 04 SMU 4056 US/09 ..................................................... 04 SMU 4056 US/09 FD 7301 and above ............. 05 SMU 4056 UC/09 ..................................................... 05 SMU 4056 UC/14 ..................................................... 05 SMU 4092 UC/14 ..................................................... 17 SMU 4096 UC/14 ..................................................... 17 SMU 7052 US/02 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7052 US/09 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7052 UC/09 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7052 UC/09 FD 7211 and above ............. 10 SMU 7052 UC/14 ..................................................... 10 SMU 7052 UC/14 FD 7407 and above ............. 16 SMU 7056 US/02 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7056 US/09 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7056 UC/09 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7056 UC/09 FD 7211 and above ............. 10 SMU 7056 UC/14 ..................................................... 10 SMU 7056 UC/14 FD 7407 and above ............. 16 GAS COOKTOPS NHT 712 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 715 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 716 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 722 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 725 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 726 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 912 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 915 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 916 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 922 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 925 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 926 EUC ............................................................ 32

iii

WIRING DIAGRAM

TIMING DIAGRAM

TEST PROGRAM

02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 06 07 06 07 07 07 06 06 07 07 07 18 18 11 11 11 12 13 14 11 11 11 12 13 14

03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 19 19 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

— — — — — — — — — — — —

– – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – –

A B TABLE OF CONTENTS MODEL

CIIRCUIT DIAGRAM

WIRING DIAGRAM

ELECTRIC COOKTOPS NKT 712 EUC ............................................................. 21 NKT 715 EUC ............................................................. 21 NKT 716 EUC ............................................................. 21 NKT 722 EUC ............................................................. 55 NKT 725 EUC ............................................................. 55 NKT 726 EUC ............................................................. 55 NKT 912 EUC ............................................................. 23 NKT 915 EUC ............................................................. 23 NKT 916 EUC ............................................................. 23 NKT 922 EUC ............................................................. 57 NKT 925 EUC ............................................................. 57 NKT 926 EUC ............................................................. 57 OVENS HBL 532 AUC ............................................................ 24 HBL 535 AUC ............................................................ 24 HBL 536 AUC ............................................................ 24 HBL 542 AUC ............................................................ 26 HBL 545 AUC ............................................................ 26 HBL 546 AUC ............................................................ 26 HBL 552 AUC ............................................................ 28 HBL 555 AUC ............................................................ 28 HBL 556 AUC ............................................................ 28 HBL 562 AUC ............................................................ 30 HBL 565 AUC ............................................................ 30 HBL 566 AUC ............................................................ 30 HBL 632 AUC ............................................................ 50 HBL 635 AUC ............................................................ 50 HBL 636 AUC ............................................................ 50 HBL/HBN 642 AUC ................................................ 51 HBL/HBN 645 AUC ................................................ 51 HBL/HBN 646 AUC ................................................ 51 HBL/HBN 652 AUC ................................................ 52 HBL/HBN 655 AUC ................................................ 52 HBL/HBN 656 AUC ................................................ 52 HBL/HBN 662 AUC ................................................ 53 HBL/HBN 665 AUC ................................................ 53 HBL/HBN 666 AUC ................................................ 53 WASHER WFK 2401 UC/01 ..................................................... 44 DRYERS WTA 3500 UC/01 ..................................................... 46 WTL 5400 UC/01 ..................................................... 46 DOWNDRAFTS DHD 805 AUC ............................................................ — DHD 865 AUC ............................................................ — DHD 905 AUC ............................................................ — DHD 965 AUC ............................................................ — DHG 565 AUC ............................................................ — iv

TIMING DIAGRAM

TEST PROGRAM

20 20 20 54 54 54 22 22 22 56 56 56

– – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – –

25 25 25 27 27 27 29A/B 29A/B 29A/B 31A/B 31A/B 31A/B — — — — — — — — — — — —

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

45

–

–

47 47

– –

– –

59 58 59 58 —

– – – – –

– – – – –

1

3

3a

2

4

4a

SMU 20/30

N

L1

a1

3

7

s2

b

m1

CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID ON/OFF LAMP TIMER CONTACTS

f4

161˚F

8

u2

u3

m2 m3 r1 s2 h1 u–

ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F TIMER MOTOR

2 4 8 11 11 9 current path

6

a

b

Symbol Key

5

u1

b2

Symbol Key

m3

b

4

3

a1 e1 f4 f5 f6 m1

4

h1

e1

9

a

2

1

a

10 5 11 7 3 – current path

u8

10

a

RINSE & HOLD REGULAR POTS & PANS

b

u6

b1 b1 + b2

11

f5

185˚F

r1 Hz

f6

185˚F

Selector Switch Contacts

m2

b1

b

u4

A B DIAGRAM #1

PE3

N

L1

GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–r1 GNYE–PE–2

WH–a1–3a

BK–a1–4a

WHVT–a1–3 WHGN–m3

1M

2

1 3

RD–f5–1

BURD–f6–3 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2

1

2

GNYE–r1

BN–k1

WH–f6–2

YE–u3b

1 WH–u8a WH–f6–2

RD–r1

4a

4

3a 3

a1

BURD–r1

H1

GNYE–1L–PE3

GNYE–1L–PE3

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

= = = = = = = = = =

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

BUWH–u3a

BN–m3

b1 2 b1 1

b2 4 b2 3

b

3 185˚F 2

WH–f5–2 WH–f4

GYBK–u6a

WH–u8a GN–u4a

VT–u2b BURD–e1

SMU 20/30

BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3

Capacitor – k1

1

High Limit – f6

WHVT–u–m1 WHVT–f5–3

On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b

Water Solenoid – s2

Ground – PE

3 185˚F 2

High Limit – f5

WHGN–u4b BK–k1

Circulation Motor – m2

GYRD–m3

YE–f4

WHVT–a1–3

161˚F

WHRD–e1

BK–1L–L1

WH–1L–N

WHRD–a1–4

BURD–b2–3 BURD–u6

Thermostats – f4

Heaing Element – r1

m1

BUWH–s2

WH–b1–2 WH–f5–2 GYBK–f6–1 GYBK–u6b

BURD–e1

Door Switch – e1 c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 909

Terminal Block – 1L

GNYE–1L–PE3

BN–s2

GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5–3 BK–k1

Drain Motor – m3

GN–b1–1 VT–b2–4 WHGN–m2–1 GYBK–u6a

2

2a

2b

1a

1b

1

4

4a

4b

3a

3b

3

6

6a

6b

5a

5b

5

8a

7a

7b

7

8b

8

Timer – u

DIAGRAM #2

A B

5

4

3

2

a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b

PRE–WASH

WASH W/ HEAT

PRE–RINSE

RINSE W/ HEAT

DRYING

55 60 60 60 60 60 60 5 5 50 5 55 60 f4 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 30 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 f4 55 60 5 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 5 OFF OFF

P R O 161˚F /161˚F G R 161˚F /161˚F A M

WASH/RINSE

OPERATION

P F U H

= DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING

OPERATION KEY

161˚

161˚

R = DETERGENT DISPENSING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING T = DRYING

161˚

161˚

WASH STALL

RINSE STALL

SMU 20/30

P F+U U U U U P Stop F+U F+U F+U H+U+R H+U H+U U U U U U U U U P F+U P F+U U U U P+U F+U U U U P F+U H+U H+U U+K U U U U P H T T T T T T T T T T H P

TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60

TIME IN SECONDS

6 C O 7 N 8 T A C T S

T I M E R

1

Pots & Pans

Regular

Rinse & Hold

Timer Motor

Heating Drying

Block Economy Filling 161˚F Thermostat Timer Stop Circulation

Draining

A B DIAGRAM #3 c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 844

2

5

ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH THERMOSTAT 125˚F THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F

2 4 7 6 8 11 11 current path

4

a

m1

5

6

6

b3

f3

125˚F

a

7

TIMER MOTOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID ON/OFF LAMP TIMER CONTACTS

m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 h1 u–

3

m3

b

u1

b2

Symbol Key

3

3a

h1

2

4

a1 e1 e6 f3 f4 f5 f6

1

4

4a

e1

e6

b

u3

8

u2

f4

161˚F

6 10 5 11 7 3 – current path

s2

b

RINSE & HOLD ECONOMY REGULAR POTS & PANS

5

1

b1 + b3 b1 b1 + b2

Selector Switch Contacts

9

a

u8 a

m2

b1

b

u4

11

f5

185˚F

r1

f6

185˚F

b

SMU 4052/4056 US/01 & US/09 up to FD 7212

10

a

u6

c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 843

Symbol Key

N

L1

a1

DIAGRAM #4

A B

2

6

b3

a

7

s2

e6

b

8

f4

161˚F

9

a

ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH THERMOSTAT 125˚F THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F

2 4 7 6 8 11 11 current path

TIMER MOTOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID ON/OFF LAMP TIMER CONTACTS

6 10 5 11 7 3 – current path

u8

b1 + b3 b1 + b4 b1 + b2 + b4

RINSE & HOLD ECONOMY REGULAR POTS & PANS

5

m1

5

6

f3

125˚F

u3

u2

Selector Switch Contacts

4

a

b

m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 h1 u–

3

m3

b

u1

b2

Symbol Key

3

3a

h1

2

4

a1 e1 e6 f3 f4 f5 f6

1

4

4a

e1

Symbol Key

N

L1

a1

5

1

a

m2

b1

b

10

a

11

f5

185˚F

r1 Hz

f6

185˚F

2

2a

b

u6

b4

SMU 4052 US/08 & SMU 4052/4056 US/09 above FD 7301, UC/09 & UC/14

u4

A B DIAGRAM #5 c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 865

4a

4

3a 3

a1

PE3

N

L1

GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–r1 GNYE–PE–2

WH–a1–3a

BK–a1–4a

H1

WHVT–u–m1 WHVT–f5

VT–u2b GN–u4a

1M

2

1 3

2

4 BU–s2

BN–k1 GNYE–r1

WHGN–u4b BK–k1

GNYE–1L–PE3

GNYE–1L–PE3

BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3

Capacitor – k1

1

2

Ground – PE

RD–f5

GYBK–f6 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2

Heating Element – r1

Circulation Motor – m2

b3 6 b1 + b3 5 b2 4 b4 3 b2 2 b1 1

b RD–f3 WH–u8a BURD–e1

GYRD–m3

YE–f4

WHVT–a1–3

1

BUWH–u3a

Float Switch – e6

WHRD–a1–4

BURD–b2–4 BURD–u6

Door Switch – e1

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

= = = = = = = = = =

125˚F

GYBK–r1

WH–u8a

YE–u3b

BU–e6–2

BN–m3

185˚F

185˚F

WHVT–a1–3 WHGN–m3 GYBK–u6a

SMU 4052/4056 US/01 & US/09 up to FD 7212

BN–s2 GNYE–1L–PE3

GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5 BK–k1

Drain Motor – m3

f6

f5

High Limits – f5 & f6 RD–r1

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

161˚F

Water Solenoid – s2

RD–b3–6

BN–u1a

Thermostats —f3 & f4 f3 f4 c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 814

Terminal Block – 1L

WHRD–e1

BK–1L–L1

WH–1L–N

m1

BUWH–e6–1

WH–b3–5 WH–f4 GYBK–f6 GYBK–u6b

BURD–e1

On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b

BN–f3

GN–b1–1 VT–b2–2 WHGN–m2–1 GYBK–u6a

2

2a

2b

1a

1b

1

4

4a

4b

3a

3b

3

6

6a

6b

5a

5b

5

8a 7a 7b

7

8b

8

Timer – u

DIAGRAM #6

A B

m1

GYRD–m3

YE–f4

WHVT–a1–3

BUWH–e6–1

WH–b3–5 WH–f5–2 GYBK–f6–1 GYBK–b4–2

BURD–e1

4a

4

3a 3

a1

H1

2a

PE3

N

L1

b

b3 6 GYBK–u6a b1 + b3 5 RD–u6b b2 4 b4 3 b4 b2 2 b1 1

2

WHVT–u–m1 WHVT–f5–3

GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–r1 GNYE–PE–2

WH–a1–3a

BK–a1–4a

VT–u2b GN–u4a

RD–f3 WH–u8a BURD–e1

1M

2

3

BU–s2

BU–e6–2

BN–m3

BN–k1 GNYE–r1

WHGN–u4b BK–k1

RD–f5–1

1

2

BURD–f6–3 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2

Heating Element – r1

Circulation Motor – m2 1

2

Water Solenoid – s2

1

4

BURD–r1

WHVT–a1–3 WHGN–m3

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

= = = = = = = = = =

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

GNYE–1L–PE3

GNYE–1L–PE3

161˚F

1

1

WH–f5–2 WH–f4

GYBK–u6a

WH–u8a WH–f6–2

RD–r1

WH–f6–2

YE–u3b

SMU 4052 US/08 & SMU 4052/4056 US/09 above FD 7301, UC/09 & UC/14

GNYE–1L–PE3

BN–s2

GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5–3 BK–k1

Drain Motor – m3

3 185˚F 2

High Limit – f6

3 185˚F 2

High Limit – f5

RD–b3–6

BN–u1a

Thermostats – f3 & f4 f4

125˚F

f3

Ground – PE

BUWH–u3a

Float Switch – e6

WHRD–a1–4

BURD–b2–4 BURD–u6

Door Switch – e1

BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3

Capacitor – k1

On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b

Terminal Block – 1L

WHRD–e1

BK–1L–L1

WH–1L–N

BN–f3

GN–b1–1 VT–b2–2 WHGN–m2–1 RD–b4–2a

2

2a

2b

1a

1b

1

4

4a

4b

3a

3b

3

6

6a

6b

5a

5b

5

8a

7a

7b

7

8b

8

Timer – u

A B DIAGRAM #7 c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 866

5

4

3

2

PRE–WASH

WASH W/ HEAT

PRE–RINSE

RINSE W/ HEAT

DRYING

55 60 60 60 60 60 60 5 5 50 5 55 60 f3/f4 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 30 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 f4 55 60 5 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 5 OFF OFF

P R 125˚F /161˚F O 161˚F /161˚F G R 161˚F /161˚F A M

WASH/RINSE

OPERATION

= DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING

R = DETERGENT DISPENSING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING T = DRYING

161˚

161˚

SMU 4052/4056 all

1

Unheated Dry Cycle • SMU 4000 US/09 FD7312 & ABOVE UC/09+

Pots & Pans

Regular

Economy

1

Rinse & Hold

Timer Motor

Heating Drying

Block Economy Filling 161˚F Thermostat Timer Stop Circulation

125˚F Thermostat Draining

c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 844

P F U H

OPERATION KEY

161˚

161˚

RINSE STALL

161˚

125˚

WASH STALL

P F+U U U U U P Stop F+U F+U F+U H+U+R H+U H+U U U U U U U U U P F+U P F+U U U U P+U F+U U U U P F+U H+U H+U U+K U U U U P H T T T T T T T T T T H P

TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60

TIME IN SECONDS

6 C O 7 N 8 T A C T S

T I M E R

1

a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b

DIAGRAM #8

A B

1

N

L1

3a

2 4 4 8 13 9 10 5 5

5

f5

185˚F

r1

f6

185˚F

a

ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH REED SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH THERMOSTAT 105˚F THERMOSTAT 125˚F THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F

current path

6

b

7

m2

a

u3

h4

b

8

f3

s2

e6

9

b a

u7

10

f4

a

m1

12–6

b

uK

m3

RINSE & HOLD QUICK WASH ECONOMY LIGHT CHINA REGULAR POTS & PANS CANCEL DRAIN

a

b/8

b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b1 & b2

uK

16

17

4 2

5 1

15

3

3

14

4

2

12

5

1

b4 b5 b6

b/6

SMU 7052/7056 US/02, US 09 & VC/09 up to FD 7210

14

U–12/

b/

b3 b2 a1 b1 b2 b3

b/7

f2

105˚F

12 13

b

u1

Selector Switch Contacts

11

125˚F 161˚F

a

u5

ON/OFF LAMP 3 RINSE AID LAMP 4 CLEAN LAMP 7 TIMER MOTOR 11 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 DRAIN MOTOR 12 HEATING ELEMENT 5 WATER SOLENOID 8 RAPID ADVANCE SOLENOID 14 TIMER CONTACTS – current path

h1 h3 h4 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 uk u–

4

h3

e3

b

u2

Symbol Key

3

h1

e1

a1 e1 e3 e6 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6

3

4

Symbol Key

2

a1

4a

51

A B DIAGRAM #9 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 821

1

N

L1

3a

2

f5

185˚F

5

a

current path

ON/OFF SWITCH 2 DOOR SWITCH 4 REED SWITCH 4 FLOAT SWITCH 8 THERMOSTAT 105˚ F 13 THERMOSTAT 125˚ F 9 THERMOSTAT 161˚ F 10 HIGH LIMIT 185˚ F 5 HIGH LIMIT 185˚ F 5

6

b

7

m2

2

2a

a

u3

h4

b1

b

8

b a

u7

9

s2

e6

f3

10

f4

a

m1

b

uK

RINSE & HOLD QUICK WASH ECONOMY LIGHT CHINA REGULAR POTS & PANS CANCEL DRAIN

8

b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b1 & b2

14

17

1

5

16

2

4

15

3

3

14

4

2

12

5

1

b4 b5 b6

b–6

SMI 7052/7056 US/08, US/09, UC/09 & UC/14 and SMU 7052/7056 UC/09 above FD 7211 & UC/14 up to FD 7406

uK

12/

b/

b3 b2 a1 b1 b2 b3

b/7

f2

105˚F

a

u1

12 13

b

m3

51

Selector Switch Contacts

12–6 11

125˚F 161˚F

a

u5

ON/OFF LAMP 3 RINSE AID LAMP 4 CLEAN LAMP 7 TIMER MOTOR 11 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 DRAIN MOTOR 12 HEATING ELEMENT 5 WATER SOLENOID 8 RAPID ADVANCE SOLENOID 14 TIMER CONTACTS – current path

h1 h3 h4 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 uk u–

4

h3

e3

r1

f6

185˚F

b

u2

Symbol Key

3

h1

e1

a1 e1 e3 e6 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6

3

4

c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 821

Symbol Key

a1

4a

DIAGRAM #10

A B

123456

U–12

H4 Clean

H3 Rinse

4a

a1

3a

4

3

WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1

H1

WH–1L–N BK–h3+h4 WHGN–f5 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

b/

L1

WH–f2 WH–f2 WHVT–e1 WH–u–12–1 WH–u–12–2 WH–u–12–3 WH–u–12–4 WH–u–12–5

1M

2

1 3

PE3

N

L1

WH–f3

YE–u7b

GYBK–r1

RD–r1

GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–PE–2 GNYE–r1

WH–a1–3a

BK–a1–4a

1

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

RD–f5

= = = = = = = = = =

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

GYBK–f6 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2

1

GYBK–u2a

WHGN–m3 WHVT–a1–3

4 2

BUWH–u5b

BU–s2

SMU 7052/7056 US/02, US/09 & UC/09 up to FD 7210

GNYE–1L–PE3

GNYE–1L–PE3

Ground – PE

BU–e6–2

BN–m3

2

185˚F

185˚F

Float Switch – e6

f6

f5

High Limits – f5 & f6

Water Solenoid – s2

161˚F

f4

BNWH–h3

WHRD–e1

Heating Element – r1

GNYE–1L–PE3

Terminal Block – 1L

BN–k1 GNYE–r1

WHGN–u3b BK–k1

WH–f4 WH–u8a

GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5 BK–k1 BN–s2

Drain Motor – m3

Circulation Motor – m2

VT–u3a

BK–a1–3 BK–u–L2–6

BNWH–e3

WH–b7 WH–b8

BN–u5a

105˚F GY–u1a

125˚F

f2

S

N

Reed Switch – e3

Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4 f3

WHVT–b6 WHVT–u2

WHRD–e3 WHRD–a1–4

Door Switch – e1

Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4

BN–f3 WH–f3 BUWH–e6–1 YE–f4 WHGN–m2–1 GYRD–m3

VT–h4

GY–f2

GYBK–u2a

GYBK–f6 GYBK–u2b

WGVT–e1

On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b

BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3

Capacitor – k1

WH–b5 WH–b4 WH–b3 WH–b2 WH–b1 BK–h3+h4

2

2a

2b

1a

1b

1

4

4a

4b

3a

3b

3

6

6a

6b

5a

5b

5

8a

7a

7b

7

8b

8

Timer – u

A B DIAGRAM #11 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 822

123456

U–12/

h4 Clean

h3 Rinse

a1

4a

3a

4

3

WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1

H1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

b/

L1

WH–f2 WH–f2 WHVT–e1 WH–u–12–1 WH–u–12–2 WH–u–12–3 WH–u–12–4 WH–u–12–5

1M

2

1 3

PE3

N

L1

WH–f3

YE–u7b

GYBK–r1

RD–r1

GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–PE–2 GNYE–r1

WH–a1–3a

BK–a1–4a

1

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

= = = = = = = = = =

RD–f5

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

GYBK–f6 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2

4 2

BUWH–u5b

BU–s2

GNYE–1L–PE3

GNYE–1L–PE3

SMI 7052/7056 US/08, US/09 & UC /09 and SMU 7052/7056 UC/09 above 7211

1

GYBK–u2a

WHGN–m3 WHVT–a1–3

Ground – PE

BU–e6–2

BN–m3

2

185˚F

185˚F

Float Switch – e6

f6

f5

High Limits – f5 & f6

Water Solenoid – s2

161˚F

f4

BNWH–h3

WHRD–e1

Heating Element – r1

GNYE–1L–PE3

Terminal Block – 1L

GNYE–r1

BN–k1

WHGN–u3b BK–k1

WH–f4 WH–u8a

GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5 BK–k1 BN–s2

Drain Motor – m3

Circulation Motor – m2

VT–u3a

BK–a1–3 BK–u–L2–6

BNWH–e3

WH–b7 WH–b8

BN–u5a

105˚F GY–u1a

125˚F

f2

S

N

Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4 f3

WHVT–b6 WHVT–u2

WHRD–e3 WHRD–a1–4

Reed Switch – e3 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 860

WH–1L–N BK–h3+h4 WHGN–f5

On/Off Selector Switches – a1 & b

BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3

BN–f3 WH–f3 BUWH–e6–1 YE–f4 WHGN–m2–1 GYRD–m3

VT–h4

GY–f2

GYBK–u2a

GYBK–f6 GYBK–u2b

WGVT–e1

Door Switch – e1

Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4

Motor Capacitor – k1

WH–b5 WH–b4 WH–b3 WH–b2 WH–b1 BK–h3+h4

2

2a

2b

1a

1b

1

4

4a

4b

3a

3b

3

6

6a

6b

5a

5b

5

8a

7a

7b

7

8b

8

Timer – u

DIAGRAM #12

A B

2

2a

2b

a1

4a

3a

2

3

GNYE–r1

BN–k1

WHGN–u3b BK–k1

4

3

b1

VT–u3a VT–h4

2

WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1

h1

2a

WHGN–f5–3 BK–h3+h4

WH–1L–N

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

b/

On/Off Selector Switch – a1

1M

1

Circulation Motor – m2

BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3

185˚F 2

3 1

h4 Clean

L1

PE3

N

L1

GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–PE–2 GNYE–r1

WH–a1–3a

BK–a1–4a

Terminal Block – 1L

GNYE–1L–PE3

GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5–3 BK–k1 BN–s2

Drain Motor – m3

VT–b1–2a

BK–a1–3 BK–u–12–6

BNWH–e3

Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4 h3 Rinse

105˚F

f2

High Limit – f5

WHVT–b6 WHVT–u2

WHRD–e3 WHRD–a1–4

Door Switch – e1

BN–f3 WH–f5-2 BUWH–e6–1 WHGN–a1–3 WHGN–m3 YE–f4 WHGN–m2–1 GYRD–m3

VT–b1–2

GY–f2

GYBK–u2a

GYBK–f6–1 GYBK–u2b

WGVT–e1

WH–f2 WH–f2 WHVT–e1 WH–u–12–1 WH–u–12–2 WH–u–12–3 WH–u–12–4 WH–u–12–5

Motor Capacitor – k1

123456

WH–b5 WH–b4 WH–b3 WH–b2 WH–b1 BK–h3+h4

U–12/

1a

1b

1

4

4a

4b

3a

3b

3

6

6a

6b

5a

5b

5

8a

7a

7b

7

8b

8

Timer – u

4 2

BUWH–u5b

BU–s2

1

2

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

= = = = = = = = = =

GNYE–1L–PE3 black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

3

WH–f4 WH–f3

GYBK–u2a

BU–e6–2

S

N

BNWH–h3

WHRD–e1

Reed Switch – e3

Full

BN–m3

Water Solenoid – s2

1

WH–f6–2

YE–u7b

SMI 7052/7056 UC/14 up to FD 7401 and SMU 7052/7056 UC/14 up to FD 7406

185˚F 2

GNYE–1L–PE3

Ground – PE

RD–f5–1

161˚F

f4

High Limit – f6

WH–f6–2 WH–f5–2

BN–u5a

BURD–f6–3 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2

Heating Element – r1

1

BURD–r1

125˚F

Float Switch – e6

WH–u7a WH–f3

RD–r1

WH–b7 WH–b8

GY–u1a

Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4 f3

A B DIAGRAM #13 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 933

U–12/

123456

a1

4a

3

BN–k1 GNYE–r1

4

3

b1

VT–u3a VT–h4

2

WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1

h1

2a

WHGN–f5–3 BK–h3+h4

WH–1L–N

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

b/

On/Off Selector Switch – a1

2

WHGN–u3b BK–k1

185˚F 2

3

RD–e1 YE–u–12–3 GN–f2 WH–u–12–4 BNWH–u–12–5 BURD–u–12–2 VT–f2 VTBK–u–12–1

h4 Clean

L1

PE3

N

L1

GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–PE–2 GNYE–r1

WH–a1–3a

BK–a1–4a

Terminal Block – 1L

GNYE–1L–PE3

GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5–3 BK–k1 BN–s2

Drain Motor – m3

VT–b1–2a

BK–a1–3 BK–u–L2–6

BNWH–e3

Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4 h3 Rinse

105˚F

f2

1

High Limit – f5

RD–b8 WHVT–u2

WHRD–a1–4

Door Switch – e1

BN–f3 WH–f5–2 BUWH–e6–1 WHGN–a1–3 WHGN–m3 YE–f4 WHGN–m2–1 GYRD–m3

VT–b–2b

GY–f2

GYBK–u2a

WHVT–e1 WHRD–e3 GYBK–f6–1 GYBK–u2b

4 2

BUWH–u5b

BU–s2

Float Switch – e6

WH–u7a WH–f3

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

1

2

= = = = = = = = = =

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

GYBK–u2a WH–f4 WH–f3

BU–e6–2

S

N

BNWH–h3

WHRD–u2

Reed Switch – e3

Full

BN–m3

Water Solenoid – s2

1

WH–f6–2

YE–u7b

SMI 7052/7056 UC/14 above FD 7402 and SMU 7052/7056 UC/14 above FD 7407

GNYE–1L–PE3

GNYE–1L–PE3

Ground – PE

3 185˚F 2

BURD–f6–3 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2 RD–f5–1

161˚F

f4

High Limit – f6

WH–f6–2 WH–f5–2

BN–u5a

Heating Element – r1

1

125˚F

RD–r1 BURD–r1

GN–b6 VT–b2

GY–u1a

Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4 f3 c/u 1 737 203 490

3a

1M

1

BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3

Motor Capacitor – k1

Circulation Motor – m2

VTBK–b1 BURD–b3 YE–b7 WH–b5 BNWH–b4 BK–h3+h4

2

2a

2b

1a

1b

1

4

4a

4b

3a

3b

3

6

6a

6b

5a

5b

5

8a 7a 7b

7

8b

8

Timer – u

DIAGRAM #14

A B

8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

7

6

5

4

3

2

a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b

PRE–WASH

WASH W/ HEAT

PRE–RINSE

RINSE W/ HEAT

DRYING

P R O G R A M

161˚F/161˚F

161˚F/161˚F

161˚F/161˚F

125˚F/161˚F

105˚F/161˚F

WASH/RINSE

OPERATION

2.5 25 30 30 90 120 120 30 30 60 60 60 f3 / f4 f3 / f2 115 120 120 60 60 30 30 30 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 120 60 60 60 60 120 f3 f3 / f4 f3 52.5 30 30 60 60 60 60 120 60 60 60 60 60 2.5

P F U H

= DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING

OPERATION KEY R K T •••

161˚

161˚

161˚

WASH STALL

= DETERGENT DISPENSING = RINSE–AID DISPENSING = DRYING = RAPID ADVANCE

125˚

161˚

161˚

161˚

161˚

161˚

SMI/SHU 7052/7056 all

RINSE STALL

P P F+U F+U U U U U+P P F+U R U+H U+H U+H U+H U U U U U U+P P F+U P F+U U U P F+U U U U U P F+U U+H U+H K U+H U+H U U+H U+H U+H P T T T T T T H P 105˚

OFF OFF

TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60

TIME IN SECONDS

C O N T A C T S

T I M E R

1

Pots & Pans

Regular

Light China

Economy

Quick Wash

Rinse & Hold

Economy–China Quick Wash Rinse & Hold START

Regular

Timer Motor 161˚F Thermostat

125˚F Thermostat Filling

105˚F Thermostat Draining Heating Drying Clean Lamp Circulation

A B DIAGRAM #15 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 823

1

N

L1

6

7

m2

2

2a

a

h4

b1

b

8

b a

9

s2

e6

f3

10

f4

11

a

m1

12–6

u7

125˚F 161˚F

a

u5 b

uK

m3

ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH REED SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH THERMOSTAT 105˚F THERMOSTAT 125˚F THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F

current path

ON/OFF LAMP 3 RINSE AID LAMP 4 CLEAN LAMP 7 TIMER MOTOR 11 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 DRAIN MOTOR 12 HEATING ELEMENT 5 WATER SOLENOID 8 RAPID ADVANCE SOLENOID 14 TIMER CONTACTS – current path

b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b1 & b2

2

uK

12/

b/

14

16

2

3

15

3

7

14

4

5

12

5

4

b4 b5 b6

b–8

SMI 7052/7056 UC/14 above FD 7402 and SMU 7052/7056 UC/14 above FD 7407

17

1

1

b3 b2 a1 b1 b2 b3

b/6

f2

105˚F

a

u1

12 13

b

RINSE & HOLD QUICK WASH ECONOMY LIGHT CHINA REGULAR POTS & PANS CANCEL DRAIN

5

b

u3

Selector Switch Contacts

2 4 4 8 13 9 10 5 5

f5

185˚F

a

u2

h1 h3 h4 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 uk u–

4

h3

e3

r1

f6

185˚F

b

Symbol Key

3

h1

e1

51

a1 e1 e3 e6 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6

2

3

4

c/u 1 737 203 490

Symbol Key

3a

a1

4a

DIAGRAM #16

A B

1

N

L1

7

m2

2

2a

a

h4

b1

b

8

f3

s2

e6

9

b a

10

f4

a

m1

12–6 11

125˚F 161˚F

a

u7 b

uK

m3

ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH THERMOSTAT 125˚F THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F ON/OFF LAMP

CLEAN LAMP 7 TIMER MOTOR 11 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 DRAIN MOTOR 12 HEATING ELEMENT 5 WATER SOLENOID 8 RAPID ADVANCE SOLENOID 14 TIMER CONTACTS – current path

b1 b3 b5 b6 b1 & b3

b3

a

u1

12 13

b

RINSE & HOLD ECONOMY REGULAR POTS & PANS CANCEL DRAIN

6

b

u5

Selector Switch Contacts

2 4 8 9 10 5 5 3 current path

5

a

u3

h4 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 uk u–

4

f5

185˚F

r1

f6

185˚F

b

u2

Symbol Key

3

h1

e1

a1 e1 e6 f3 f4 f5 f6 h1

2

3

4

Symbol Key

3a

a1

4a

51

uK

12/

b/

14

17

1

1

15

3

7

14

4

5

b3

SMU 4092/4096

16

2

3

a1 b1

12

5

4

b5 b6

b–8

A B DIAGRAM #17 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 911 103

U–12

123456

2

3

GNYE–r1

BN–k1

WHGN–u3b BK–k1

a1

4a

3a

4

3

WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1

h1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

b

VTBK–u–12–1

RD–e1 YE–u–12–3 GN–u1a WH–u–12–4 BNWH–u–12–5 BURD–u–12–2

3 185˚F2

L1

PE3

N

L1

GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–PE–2 GNYE–r1

WH–a1–3a

BK–a1–4a

Terminal Block – 1L

GNYE–1L–PE3

GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5–3 BK–k1 BN–s2

1

High Limit – f5

RD–b8 WHVT–u2

WHRD–a1–4

Door Switch – e1

Drain Motor – m3

BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3

Capacitor – k1

BN–f3 WH–f5–2 BUWH–e6–1 WHGN–a1–3 WHGN–m3 YE–f4 WHGN–m2–1 GYRD–m3

GY–b6

GYBK–u2a

GYBK–f6–1 GYBK–u2b

WHVT–e1

4 2

BUWH–u5b

BU–s2

1

2

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

= = = = = = = = = =

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

GNYE–1L–PE3

WH–f4 WH–f3

GYBK–u2a

BU–e6–2

S

N

BNWH–h3

WHRD–u2

Reed Switch – e3

Full

BN–m3

Water Solenoid – s2

1

WH–f6–2

YE–u7b

SMU 4092/4096

3 185˚F 2

GNYE–1L–PE3

Ground – PE

RD–f5–1

161˚F

High Limit – f6

WH–f6–2 WH–f5–2

BN–u5a

BURD–f6–3 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2

Heating Element – r1

1

BURD–r1

Float Switch – e6

WH–u7a WH–f3

RD–r1

125˚F

Thermostats – f3 & f4 f3 f4 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 911 102

WHGN–f5–3 BK–u–12–6

WH–1L–N

On/Off Selector Switches – a1 & b

1M

1

Circulation Motor – m2

VTBK–b1 BURD–b3 YE–b7 WH–b5 BNWH–b4 BK–a1–3

2

2a

2b

1a

1b

1

4

4a

4b

3a

3b

3

6

6a

6b

5a

5b

5

8a 7a 7b

7

8b

8

Timer – u

DIAGRAM #18

A B

8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

7

6

5

4

3

2

a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b

PRE–WASH

WASH W/ HEAT

PRE–RINSE

RINSE W/ HEAT

DRYING

P R O G 125˚F/161˚F R 161˚F/161˚F A M 161˚F/161˚F

WASH/RINSE

OPERATION

2.5 25 30 30 90 120 120 30 30 60 60 60 f3 / f4 f3 115 120 120 60 60 30 30 30 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 120 60 60 60 60 120 f3 f3 / f4 f3 52.5 30 30 60 60 60 60 120 60 60 60 60 60 2.5

P F U H

= DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING

OPERATION KEY R K T •••

= DETERGENT DISPENSING = RINSE–AID DISPENSING = DRYING = RAPID ADVANCE

SMU 4092/4096

RINSE STALL

161˚

161˚

WASH STALL

161˚

161˚

161˚

P P F+U F+U U U U U+P P F+U R U+H U+H U+H U+H U U U U U U+P P F+U P F+U U U P F+U U U U U P F+U U+H U+H K U+H U+H U U+H U+H U+H P T T T T T T H P

125˚

OFF OFF

TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60

TIME IN SECONDS

C O N T A C T S

T I M E R

1

Pots & Pans

Regular

Economy

Rinse & Hold

Economy–China Quick Wash Rinse & Hold START

Regular

Timer Motor 161˚F Thermostat

125˚F Thermostat Filling

Avance Draining Heating Drying Clean Lamp Circulation

A B DIAGRAM #19 c/u 1 737 203 490

>

S

H

H2

2

N2.4

P1

4

N31.S

N2.2

N1.4 N1.4A

N32

4 4A

S H1

H

N1.2 N34.2B N32.S

N34.2B N4.P1 N3.2

E4

N3.4

2

S

4

P1

H

N33 H3

2A

1A

N4.4

>

>

E3

N35.S N31.S N4.2

2B

1B

H4

N34

2

P2 4 P1

S1 S2

N2.S1 N3.P1 X7.4 N33.2 X7.2 N3.S1

P2 4 P1 2

X7.3 N32.2 X7.1

P2 4 P1

S1 S2

2

E1.4

N33.4

N3

N2.S2

N32.4

N2

N4.S2 N3.S2

E4

N4

N1.S2 N2.S2

N1.4

N1.4

N1

H7 N4.S2

N1.S2

N1.P2 N2.P2 N3.P2 N4.P2

N1.P1 N2.P1 N3.P1 N4.P1

E10.4A

4

S1 S2

4A

P2 4 2 P1

S1 S2

H7

4

3

2

1

N4.S1 N3.S1

N1.S1 N2.S1 H1–5 X7.4 N34.2A X7.2 N33.S

N31.4

H10

H7 X7.3 N31.2 X7.1

N4.S1

N1.P2

X7 GND

L2

L1

1000W 1300W 1500W 1700W 1800W

Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp

Element Element Element Element Element

X7

NKT 71

Terminal Block

Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat

N1 N2 N3 N4 N31

H1 H2 H3 H4 H7 H10

E1 E10 E2 E3 E4

SYMBOL KEY 143-62106-001

E2

E10

E1

>

2

P1

4

H10

N31

H3

H2

N4.P2

N34.1B

N33.H

H4

H1

N32.H

N31.H

DIAGRAM #20

A B

1

N32

2

3

H2

H

H

X7 GND 3 L2 4

H1

N31

S

S

X7

2

L1 1

4

5

H3

N33

H

S

6

7

H4

N34

1B

2B

8

S2

S2

S2

S1

9

10

11

H7

S2

S1

12

N1 N2 N3 N4

S1

S1

13

14

E10 4A

H10

18

19

16

17

20

21

22

4

23

P2

N2

N3

N33

P2

4

P2

N32

N4

P>

24

P1

P2

4

26

1A

2A

2

25

N4

E4

N34

4

4

E3

P1

2

2

4

N1

4A

E2

N33

N3

P>

P1

4

4

N32

P1

P1 4

2

2

N2

P>

P1

2

2

15

N1

E1

N31

N1

P>

P1

Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator

N1 N2 N3 N4

27

X7

28

29

30

31

NKT 71

Terminal Block

N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat

Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H10

1

25 27

23 5

21 3

15 1

9/15/17 10/21 11/23 12/25

1 3 5 7 9 11 19

15 17 21 23 25

CURRENT PATH 1000W 1300W 1500W 1700W 1800W

Element Element Element Element Element

E1 E10 E2 E3 E4

SYMBOL KEY

A B DIAGRAM #21 143-62105-002

>

4 4A

S

H

H2

2

P1

4

N2.4

N32

N1.4 N1.4A

S H1

H

N31.S

N2.2

N1.2 N34.2B N32.S

E50

E5

>

H5

4 4A

S H5

2

H50

N5.4 N5.4A

H

P1

4

E4

N5.2 N34.2B N33.S

N4.P2

N33.H

N35

N35.H

H3

H4

N34.1B

N35.S N4.P1 N3.2

2A

N3.4

2

S

H3

4

P1

H

N33

N4.4

>

1A

>

E3

N35.S N31.S N4.2

2B

1B

H4

N34

N33.2 N3.S1 N2.P1

N5.S1 N3.S1 N2.P2

N35.4

2

P2 4 P1

2

E5.4 E50.4A

4

P2 4 P1

P2 4 P1

S1 S2

4A

2

S1 S2

2

S1 S2

P2 4 P1

S1 S2

2

E1.4

N32.4

N3

N5.S2

N5.4

N5.4

N5

N2.S2 N3.S2

N32.4

N2

N4.S2 N5.S2

E4

N4

N1.S2 N2.S2

N1.4

N1.4

N1

H7 N4.S2

N1.S2

N2.P2 N4.P2 N1.P2 N5.P2

N1.P1 N5.P1 N2.P1 N4.P1

E10.4A

4

P2 4 P1

S1 S2

H7

4

3

2

1

4A

H50

X7.4 N35.2 X7.1

N2.S1 N3.S1

N4.S1 N5.S1 N3.P2 X7.3 N32.2 X7.2 N3.P1

N1.S1 N2.S1 H1–5 X7.3 N34.2A X7.2 N33.S

N31.4

H10

H7 X7.4 N31.2 X7.1

N4.S1

N1.P2

X7 GND

L2

L1 1000W 1300W 1500W 1700W 1800W 1000W 1000W

Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator Regulator, Dual Zone

Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp

Element Element Element Element Element Element Element

X7

NKT 91

Terminal Block

N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N35 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H10 H50

E1 E10 E2 E3 E4 E5 E50

SYMBOL KEY

143-62106-001

E2

E10

E1

>

2

P1

4

H10

N31

H2

H1

N32.H

N31.H

DIAGRAM #22

A B

1

GND 3 L2 4

X7

2

3

H2

H

N31 H N32

H1

S

S

X7

2

L1 1

4

5

H3

6

7

H4

N33 H N34

S

1B

2B

S2

S2

S

9

H5

N35 H

8

S2

S1 S2

S1

10

11

H7

12

S2

S1

13

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5

S1

S1

2

2

P1

14

17

18

19

20

4

21

N2

N32

E2

P2

16

H10

P2

4

4A

4A

P1

2

2

P1

4

N1

E10

N32

N2

P>

4

4

15

N1

E1

N31 4P1

N1

P>

22

2

P2

4

4

P1

N4

P>

24

P1

P2

4

N5

P>

26

N35

27

N5

P2

4

28

4

29

N5

4A

4A

30

31

NKT 91

H50

1

Terminal Block

P1 X7 4

2

N34

N33

N32

E5 4 E50

N35

1A

2A

2

25

N4

E4

N34

P1

2

23

N3

N33

E3

N33

N3

P>

Element 1000W 15 Element 1300W 17 Element 1500W 21 Element 1700W 23 Element 1800W 25 Element 1000W 27 Element 1000W 29 Heat Indicator Lamp 1 Heat Indicator Lamp 3 Heat Indicator Lamp 5 Heat Indicator Lamp 7 Heat Indicator Lamp 9 On Lamp 11 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp 19 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp 31 Regulator, Dual Zone 9/15/17 Regulator 10/21 Regulator 11/23 Regulator 12/25 Regulator, Dual Zone 13/27/29 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit 15 – Thermostat 1 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit 21 – Thermostat 3 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit 23 – Thermostat 5 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit 25 – Thermostat 27 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit 27 – Thermostat 29

SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH E1 E10 E2 E3 E4 E5 E50 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H10 H50 N1 P1 N2 N3 2 N4 N5 N31

A B DIAGRAM #23 143-62105-002

N

L2

L1

5a

5

20

3

CF

BR 20

BR

CFT (140 f)

20

6 GN 14

TP1

20

GY

78

1

2

20

16

4 Black

5 White

16

18

3 Red

2

E6

L

TP2

W/R

16

L1

F1

W

18

W/Y20

1a

TP3

20

RB

E5

E6

MSW

TP4

W/R

21

1

20

TP5

20

GREEN

GN

CSW

SW2

9 11 12 13 14

11a 12a 13a 14a

10

8 9a 10a

7

5 6

4 5a

8a

3 4a

7a

2 3a

6a

1 2a

OFF

ST2 (311 f)

WHITE/RED WHITE/YELLOW

W/R W/Y

1a 2a 4a

16

16a

1 2 4

16

GRAY

GY

SW1

SW2

16

14

14a

16

BAKE

W

16

15

13

13a

15a

12

11

12a

11a

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

10

1a

W/BL

W/BK

SW1

10a

9a

8a

7a

6a

BR 20 5a

15

BROWN

BR

20

LM

W/BL

3a

20

16a

BLUE

BL

BL

20

20

16

20

20

20

2a

16

4a

1a

20

W/BK WHITE/BLACK

BLACK

BK

MANUAL

TP6

W/Y

LDL

CSW

16

GY

BK 16

20

15a

WHITE

W

1

1a

16

20

W

W/BL WHITE/BLUE

RED

R

20

20

W/BL

W/BL

DRM

R

BL

R

DWM

WIRE COLOR CODE

TIMER

UM

GY

W/R

24

1a

16

14

20

BR

W/BK

12

R

ST1 (572 f)

11

20

LDT (518 f)

W/R

CV

F2

E5

N

E4

20

20

BK

20

BE: BROIL ELEMENT 2000W C: CATALYST CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW: CLEAN SWITCH DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING1400W LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MSW: MANUAL SWITCH OL: OVEN LAMP ONL: ON INDICATOR PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT PR: TIMER RB: RELAY BOARD ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR TB: TERMINAL BLOCK TP: TEST POINT UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W UM: UP MICROSWITCH WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT

SYMBOL KEY

SW1

14 AWG

16 AWG

16 AWG

16 AWG

18

W/R

1

20

20

TB

R

20

Jumper Connected for 208V Only

20

20

W/BL

20

1

20 20

20

20

20

20

W 16

BR 20 W/BL 16

CSW

BROIL

4a

2a

W/R

BR

4

2

CSW

20

16

BL

20

16

SELF CLEAN

20

OL

W/BL BR GY

W/BL

C

R W/R

20

ONL

20 20

E3

20

20 20

PR

BR

OL

16

BL

18

18

18

16

34

16

LEI

18 18

PTH (890 f) 31

LEO

HBL 53

BL

16

BL

UEO

WTH

UEI

18

ST3 (205 f)

BE

18

W/BL

16

MSW

16

W/R

DIAGRAM #24

A B

16

21 24

N

L2

L1

BE UEI UEO

LDT ST1 PTH 11 14

31 2 TB 1 TB 11 2 SW

34 B R C

C2

CSW 2

W W/R W/R W/Y

C2

LM CSW 1 LDT 12 LDT 14

W/Y

L

R

L /B W /R W

JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY LE

O

LE

I

WIRE COLOR CODE TB

C1

BL

C1

15 SW

C1

OL1

4

3

2

GN

3

CFT

1

C1

1

OL2 CF

R B 1 SW

-J1

C1

4A

SW2 13

C C1

SW2 9 GY

C2

R

10 SW2

W/Y

W

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

16a 15a 14a SW2 13a 11a 10a 9a

GY

C3

BL

W ONL

WTH

BR BK

MSW 1 4a W/BL

GY

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8a 6a SW1 5a 4a 3a 2a 1a

BLUE

BL

BLACK

BK

WHITE

W

RED

R

BROWN

BR

GRAY GREEN

WHITE/YELLOW

WHITE/RED

W/R

W/BK

BR R

CSW

BK

R

J1

4

BR

W/BL R

PR-L

W/BK

HBL 53

RB-F2

SW1 2A BL

N E5 L

W/BL

PR

DIAGRAM #25

W 2a 1a GY

BR 2 W/R 1

LDL

W/Y C1

SYMBOL KEY BE: BROIL ELEMENT 2000W C: CATALYST CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW: CLEAN SWITCH DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING1400W LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MSW: MANUAL SWITCH OL: OVEN LAMP ONL: ON INDICATOR PR: TIMER PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB: RELAY BOARD ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR TB: TERMINAL BLOCK TP: TEST POINT UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W UM: UP MICROSWITCH WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT

78

C2

PTH34 C3

BL

W/BK

BL

DRM 2

RB CV L1 SW1 1A

F2 F1

MSW W/Y

1a

1 CF

E3 E6 E4

GN

GY BR W/BL BR W/R R W/R

C2

UM 3

W/R W/BL SW1 4 BK

W/BL

R

R

W

W/BK

ST2 2 DWM 1 DWMM L 4 LDT1M2 U TP3 4 PTH3 3 UM

W /R

GY GN

W/BL WHITE/BLUE W/BK WHITE/BLACK

2 C1

WTH C1

SW1 5A

C1

5

GN

C1

W/BL

C2

LDL SW2 10 BL

B W/

GY BR BL

SW2 16 SW2 15 TP

TP2 PR-N

C2

W/BK C2

2 W/R 13

UM

C2

BR 2 13

BL

GY W/Y

12 W/R

TP4

W

LM

1 2 3 4 5 6

W/R W W/Y W OL1

OL1

ST3 OL1 TB1 TB2 LEO

ST2

CF

CFT 1

CF CFT 3 BE C LEI

W/BL

A B

C2

LDL

GN BL

DWM

W

BR

DRM

ST2

GY

ST3

R BR

2 13

W

CF

RB-CV SW2 14A

BL

OL1

OL 2

ON L

OL2

BL

SW1 1

UEO

29 SW

TP5

BL

GN

BK

R

W W

BK

R W/BL

W/R UEI

SW2 14 SW2 12

L2

16 AWG

MSW 1a

1 20

R

PR E3 E6

E4

W/Y20

N

L

E5

20

W

18

1

3

20

DWM

W/BL

SW1 20

20

20

20

R

16

4

4a

3

3a

16

6

20

W W/BL GY

16

W/BL

2a

CSW 16 2

7 20

7a

9

9a

8

8a

10

16

R

17

17a

16

16a

15

15a

14

14a

13

13a

12

12a

BL

16

18a

20

W/R W/Y W/BK R W/R

18 18 18

BR W/BL BR GY

20

W/BL CSW

2

W/R

1

ONL 20

2

2a

5

5a 6a

20 16

GY

W/R 1

1a

BL

BK 16

W/BK

F2

W/BL

CV

20

E6

11

11a

20 10a

E5

RB 16 16 1a

CFT (140 f) BR

W/R 20

20

ST1 21 (572 f) 24 R

16

F1 L1 16

BR 18

2

3 Red 4 Black 5 White 6 GN 14

14 AWG

1

W/R

20

7

SW1

18 18 18

18 16

W/BK

R SW2

20

78

BR 20

20

16

GY

RE

BE

UEI

UEO

LEI

LEO

20

20

7a

DIAGRAM #26

Jumper Connected for 208V Only TB

16 AWG

L1 N

16 AWG

W/R

20

W/BL

18 20

W

20

20

W/R GY

20

20

DRM

WM

OL

BL

20

16

BR

16

4a

W/BL

UM

TP4

WTH

BL

16

ST2 (311 f)

W/BL

20

BL ST3 (205 f)

16

LM W/Y

TP5

BL

16

TP6

1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a

1

SW2

GREEN

W/BL WHITE/BLUE

CONV ROAST

CONV BROIL

THERMAL BAKE

CONV THAW

SELF CLEAN

BROIL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1a 2a 4a

CSW

A B

SW1

RED WHITE BLACK BLUE BROWN GRAY

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a

WHITE/RED WHITE/YELLOW

34 PTH (890 f) 31

16

20

20

W/R

TP3

CONV BAKE

OFF

MANUAL

MSW 1a

WIRE COLOR CODE R W BK BL BR GY GN

CSW

LDL

14

12

TP2

TIMER

20

W/BK WHITE/BLACK W/R W/Y

16

16

20

LDT (518 f)

11 W

HBL 54

TP1

20

20

SYMBOL KEY BE: BROIL ELEMENT 2000W C: CATALYST CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW: CLEAN SWITCH DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400W LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MSW: MANUAL SWITCH OL: OVEN LAMP ONL: ON INDICATOR PR: TIMER PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB: RELAY BOARD RE: RING ELEMENT 2500W ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR TB: TERMINAL BLOCK TP: TEST POINT UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W UM: UP MICROSWITCH WM: CONV. FAN MOTOR WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT

4

20 20

20

OL

C

20

CF

20

20

20

16

16

BK

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

18

18

16

1 2 4

DRM

TP4

CF

DWM

UM

LDL

MSW

LDL

/BL

SW 1

1a

W/Y

W/BK

C3

34

TP2 PR-N

24

SW1 9

W

BR

BL

C2

C2

W

12

14

C2

SW1 6A

BL

C2

W/R

W/R

1

2 13

2 13

2 13

GY

W/Y

C2

1A

C2

W/BL

OL2

F2 F1

E3 E6 E4

PR

RB

G Y

CV L1

R

SW1 8

C

W

WM

J1

N E5L

R

BR

R

C2

C

C1

C2

CF

W/BK

W LM W/R C2 CSW 1 W/R LDT 12 W/Y LDT 14 W/BL

PTH34

W/Y

1 2 3 4 5 6

GN

TP

C1

W/Y

SW1 2A

ONL

LDL

ST2

W

RE

C1

O L2

B

OL1 C1

C1

SW2 11

WTH

9 SW2

SW2 14

C1

SW1 7A

BL

L

WM

OL1

SW1 10

RB-CV SW2 14A

4

BL

BR 2 W/R 1

78

CSW

2a 1a

4a

3

C1

BL

1

C1

UM3

2

GY

W

W/BL

CFT

O UE

L /B W /R W

2 TB 1 TB 12 2 W S

SW2 17 SW2 16

BL

WTH

GN

C1

SW1 6 GY

LE

C1

LE

I

R

17 SW

O

BE

GY BR

UEI

CF

W/BL

C2

10 W/R 9 C3 DRM2 8 BR 7 GY 6 5 4 3 2 BK MSW1 1

W/Y

20 19 18 GY 17 BR 16 W/Y 15 BR 14 W/R 13 R 12 W/BK 11

OL1

C1

3a 2a 1a

10a 9a 8a SW1 7a 6a 5a

11a

GY

L2

L1

UEO

C1

1

2

JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY

RB-F2

3

4

BK

5

PR-L

GN

GN

W/BK

BR

W/BL

R

20a 19a 18a 17a SW2 16a 15a 14a W/BK 13a

C1

TB GN

N

UEI

LDT ST1 PTH BR 21 31

BR

R

TP5

SW1 1

BK

BL

OL1

BR

LM

GN

MV

W BK

W

R R

BK

BL

W/BL

ST3 CF OL1 CTF 3 CTF 1 RE BE TB1 C TB2 LEI LEO

W

W/Y W/R

W

W /Y

ST2 2 DWM 1 DWMM L 4 LDT1M2 U TP3 4 PTH3 3 UM

W W M

ST3 ON L W

BL 0L2

W/BK

W

J1 BW /R

2

W/BL

R BL

18 SW

CSW

ST2

W/R

W/BL SW2 15 SW2 13

BR

CF

W

R

GRAY GREEN

GY GN

WHITE/YELLOW

W/Y

HBL 54

BE: BROIL ELEMENT 2000W C: CATALYST CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW: CLEAN SWITCH DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING1400W LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MSW: MANUAL SWITCH OL: OVEN LAMP ONL: ON INDICATOR PR: TIMER PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB: RELAY BOARD ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR TB: TERMINAL BLOCK TP: TEST POINT UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W UM: UP MICROSWITCH WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT

SYMBOL KEY

WHITE/RED

W/R

W/BK WHITE/BLACK

W/BL WHITE/BLUE

BLUE BROWN

BR

BLACK

BK BL

WHITE

W

RED

WIRE COLOR CODE R

A B DIAGRAM #27

A B

DIAGRAM #28

UPPER OVEN

R

20

BL BL SW1

9a

9

10a

10

20

18

19a

19

20a

20

SW1

31

1

20

W/R

CSW

20

W/R W/BL DWM

16

ST1 (572 f)

20 16

18

TSW BL

21 24

16 16a

20

6a 12a

5

5a

11

11a

14

14a

13

13a

4

4a

R

3

3a

20

10

10a

E5

F2

W W/R

W 20

E5

20

16

E3

3 2 1

GN 14 L

N

20

20

L

STB

PR DWM

16

BL

20

20

ST1 (572 f)

20 78

1

2

5a

SW2 2

3a

3

4a

4

8 9

BR20 16

20

OL

11 12

13a

13

BR

16 14a

14

15a

15

W/BL 18 BR 18 GY 18

BL

14

16

BE

20

UEI 18

W/R

16

WTH

34

UEO

BL

PTH ST3 31 (890 f) (205 f) 16 BL

LEI

SW2

20

20

UM

BL W/Y

LM

W/Y

20

LDL

DRM

BR

C

18

W/R

4

W/R

20

W

11

BL

20

R

GY

CSW

2a

16

20

10

12a

20

W

OL

11a

W/R

1

1a

GY 10a

16a

4a

2

9a

ST2 (311 f) W/BK

W/R

LDT (518 f)

CSW

16

7

8a

TSW

16

16

6

7a

W

16

6a

20

BR

5

TP6

20

16

5a

TP4 TP5

W/BL

20

W/R 20

1

2a

TP2 TP3

12

W/BK

BK 16

BR

20

1a

TP1 20

W/R

GY 20 W/R 20

20

18 18

W

20

20 2

W/R W/BL

ONL 3

20

CFT BR (140 f)

16

TSW

TSW

20

SW2

5 2a

15a

20 15

21 24

20

20

20

JUMPERS CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY

20

BL

20

E4

BR

BL

W/R

16

L1

20

BR

CV

16

14

6 5 N 16 4 L2 16 3 L1 2 1

BR

F1

W/Y

TP6

GN14

R

BK

W

16

TP5

MTB GN

16

GY

E6

20

20

RB

16

20

TP4

BK R

16

6 12

TP2 TP3

18

20

TSW

TP1

20

LOWER OVEN

W/Y

W/R

20

ONL

W

W/BK

W

1a

GY

CF

W/BL

20

20

14 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG

20

W/Y

W/R

20

BK

BR

ST3 (205 f)

10 AWG

20

BL

BL

BL

16

LEO

78

7a

20 20

PTH (890 f)

LEI 18

W

ST2 (311 f)

20

34

W/BL

R

18a

16

8a

1

BR

17

UEO

LEO

20

SW1

20

17a

W/BK

2

7

16

BR

18

20

20

CFT (140 f) 3

15

LM

20

UM

W/R

20

TSW

8

14

16a

12

UEI

C

R W/R 18 BR W/BL18 BR GY 18

13

4

WTH

W/BK18

12

15a

WM

W/Y

20

11

16 14a

R

BE

20

8

12a 13a

RE

OL

20

BL W/R 20

8a

11a

OL

20

20

GY

DRM GY 20 LDT (518 f) 14 LDL

20

7

11

W/R

6

7a

CSW

4a

16

6a

W/BL 16

W/BL

5

16

5a

BR

2

W

16

4

2a

16

3

CSW 16

7

16

16

3a 4a

TSW 7a

W

20

GY

2

16

BL

20

20

1

2a

20

BK

1a

20

16

20

20

R

W/BL

1 1a 20

GY CSW

20

1

2

6

7

8

9

TSW

3

4

5

1a 2a 3a

—

5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a — 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a

POS.

POS.

SW1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

DOWN OVEN

X

OFF CONV BAKE CONV ROAST CONV BROIL THAW BAKE BROIL SELF CLEAN

X X X X X X

X X X X X X XXX

XX XX XX X XX XX XX

X X X X X

XX X X X XX X X XX XX X X

X XXXX X X X XXXX X X X XX

X X X X X X X

MANUAL UP OVEN

L O R

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

OFF BAKE BROIL SELF CLEAN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

—

8a 9a 10a 11a — 13a 14a — 16a

9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

XXX XX XXXXX CSW

X

XXX XX

X X

X

WIRE COLOR CODE R

RED

W

WHITE

BK

BLACK

BL

BLUE

2

4

BR

BROWN

1a 2a

4a

GY

GRAY

X

GN

GREEN

1

POS. Ø >Ø÷500 F

XX

SW2 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a

9

1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a

SELF CLEAN

POS.

SYMBOL KEY BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W C : CATALYST CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW : CLEAN SWITCH DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK OL : OVEN LAMP ONL : ON INDICATOR PR : TIMER PTH : SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB : RELAY BOARD RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W ST : HIGH LIMIT STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK SW : PROGRAM SELECTOR TP : TEST POINT TSW : TIMER SELECTOR UEI : UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500 W UEO : UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500 W UM : UP MICROSWITCH WM : CONV. FAN MOTOR WTH : VARIABLE THERMOSTAT

W/BL WHITE/BLUE W/BK WHITE/BLACK

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

XX X XX X X XXX XX X XX X XX X XXX X XX XX XX X

HBL 55

W/R

WHITE/RED

W/Y

WHITE/YELLOW

A B

DIAGRAM #29A

C4

CFT"3

78 "

OL2"

UM"3

BE"

UEI"

C" LEI"

4

5

6

7

BR

GY

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

8

SW2

SW2 9a 10a 11a

GY

W/R

13a 14a 15a 16a

W/BK

8a

BK

1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a

W/BL

LEO"

W/BL

BR

W/R

R

W/R

BL

3

WH

BL

2

W/BL

W/R

1

BR

GY

UEO"

W/BL

ST2" MTB4

TSW4a

CF" TP3" PTH34" ST2" W/BL

BR

W/R

ST3"

1

2

LM"

TP2"

4

UM"2

4a BL

C2

ONL" CF'

WH WH

W/BL PR

LDL"

RB

GY

GY

E6 E4

F1 F2

L1 CV C3

R J1

WH

DRM'3

GY

E3

W/Y

LDL'

N E5 BK

C1

WH

MTB3

2

3

4

5

6

TSW

TSW

1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a

BL

WH

10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a

R

WH

W/Y

WH

BL

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

8

7

BK

CSW'2a

BL

W/BL

W/BL

W/BK

BL

W/Y

1

WH

BL

C1

BL WH

ONL'

ST2'

WH BL

BK

W/R

4 WTH'

CSW'

WH

W/BL

4a

2

3

5

6

8

9 10

BR

W/BL

W/R

W/Y

BL

7

W/R

BR

GY 4

R

DRM'2

WH

BL 1

C1

BL C3

TSW-7

GY

1a 2a

SYMBOL KEY BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W C : CATALYST CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW : CLEAN SWITCH DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK OL : OVEN LAMP ONL : ON INDICATOR PR : TIMER PTH : SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB : RELAY BOARD RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W ST : HIGH LIMIT STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK SW : PROGRAM SELECTOR TP : TEST POINT TSW : TIMER SELECTOR UEI : UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500 W UEO : UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500 W UM : UP MICROSWITCH WM : CONV. FAN MOTOR WTH : VARIABLE THERMOSTAT ' : UPPER CAVITY COMPONENT " : LOWER CAVITY COMPONENT

W/R

2

W/BK

1

W/R

W/BL

BR

W/R

SW2'2a

R

L

W/Y

W/BL

GY

GN

DWM'2 DWM'1 TP'3 PTH'34 LDT'11 UM'2 UM'3

W/R

W/BL

WH

1a 2a GY

LDT"11

ST1"24

WTH"

CSW"

HBL 55

TPG"

TSW13

PR:L

MTB3 CF' CFT'3 OL1' RE' MTB1 MTB2 LEO' ST2'

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

SW1

WIRE COLOR CODE CFT'2 ST3' CFT'1 WM' BE' C' LEI' MTB3

R

RED

W

WHITE

BK

BLACK

BL

BLUE

BR

BROWN

GY

GRAY

GN

GREEN

W/BL WHITE/BLUE

SW1

W/BK WHITE/BLACK 1a 1a

3a

5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a

BK

R

BR

11a

13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a W/BK

BL

ST2' C3

GY

R

DRM'1

CONTROL PANEL

CF' MTB4 CFT'2

W/R

WHITE/RED

W/Y

WHITE/YELLOW

A B

DIAGRAM #29B

LDL" MTB3

C2

W/Y

SW2-10

14

C2

W/Y W/R WH

UM"

DWM"

LDT"14 LDT"12 PTH34" LM" CFT"3 CF" UEI" LEO"

78 UEO"

GY GY

BE" LEI"

W/Y R

'2 SW

L1

"

H W

BL

0L'

C" WM'

RE'

BR

SW1-7a

BL

BR

C1

WH

GN

W/BK

SW1-11

78

BL

C1

PTH"34

BR

SW1-10

BL

W/BK

W/Y

L'

BR

BR

78

BE' UEI' UEO'

R

R

C1

SW 1-6

WH

C1

GY

BR

2

C1

OL1'

SW2-1 SW2-5 SW2-5a

C6/4

GY

2 3

C6/4

SW2-11 SW2-16 SW2-15

1

CFT"

WM'

1-7 SW

C1

1

3

WH

BR BL

LEO" LEI"

LEO' LEI'

GY

SW1-17 SW1-16

BL

/R

TSW:13a

R

W

R

W/BL W/R

W /R

BL

C1

BR

SW1-12 R

BE" UEI" UEO"

C6/4

SW2-14 SW2-12

W/BL W/R

SW1:18a

BL

W/BK

WH

ST3'

ST2'

W/BK

CF"

CF'

C1

C1

H W C1 C1 BR

SW1-14

L

ST3"

OL1'

OL1" ' TH W

ST2"

BR

WH

C1

C1

L

OL2"

GN

B

ON

BL

B

BK

SW1-14a

OL2"

GY BR BL

BL OL1"

GN

GN

CFT' BL BL

OL2' SW1-8

WH

OL2" W/R

CFT"2 C6

BK W/R

BK

W/BL

SW1-5a SW2-8a

C4

WH WH

3

L1

4 BK

2

R

1 JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY

L2

MTB

5 GN

C1

1

W/BL

R W/BL W/R

W/R

TP'1 TP"1

C1

SW1-15 SW1-13

C1

WH

TSW5a PR-L

C"

C

O

GN

C'

BR

C6/4

BR

TSW13

24 34

CSW2"

BL

ST1'

21

LDT" ST1" PTH"

C6

BR

31 BL

11 14 12

W/R

TP"4

WH

GN

W/Y

TP"5

24 34

12

OL2'

W/Y

W/R

GY

BL

BL

W/R GY

SW2-13

W/

CSW'1

GY

LDL'

TP' 1 2 3 4 5 6

WH WH W/R C2 W/R W/Y W/Y

LDT' 11

PR-N C6/4

GY

GY

W/Y W/R WH

C4

MTB5

C5

C6

WH

LM"

1 3 2

TSW15 SW2-9

LDL" TP"5 TP"4 CSW2" SW2-14a TSW-4 PR-N WHT" SW2-1 SW2-5 SW2-5a SW2-14 SW2-12 PTH' SW2-11 SW2-16 SW2-15 21 31

H W

TP" 1 2 3 4 5 6

WH WH W/R W/R W/Y W/Y

MTB5 ONL" CSW"1 C4 LDT"12 C6 LDT"14 LDL"

DRM"

W/ R W/Y

C2

TS W

3

PR

-E

LDL' SW1-8

CF'

GY

SW1-9 LDL'

GN

OL2'

1 32

1 32

BL

SW1-18a

-16

C3

LM'

1 32

C2

R GY BL

BL

1 32

WH

1 32

BL

UM'

DWM'

DRM'

BL

2

STB

JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY

HBL 55

N

UPPER OVEN (')

LOWER OVEN (")

GN

A B

DIAGRAM #30

UPPER OVEN

R

20

BL

BL SW1

10a

10

12

15a

15

16a

16

17a

17

18a

18

19a

19

20a

20

1

20

W/R

20

W/R W/BL

W

CF

DWM

16

16

5

5a

11

11a

16 16a

20

W

13a

3a

10

10a

W R

16 16

BR

W/R

16

E5

W

BR

E4

20

20

20

BL

W/R

20

16

16

R

4a

3

14

GN14

CV L1

4

MTB

16

GY

F1

W/Y

16

E3

3 2 1

20

20

L L

PR

STB

16

BL 20

20

ST1 ( 572 )

20 20

2

BR

7a

7

GY

20

W/R

16

BR 20

9

10a

10

11a

11

13

15a

15

16a

16

17a

17

20 BE

W/BK

18

UEI

18

W/R

20

LDL

DRM

20

WTH

34

UEO

18

LEI

W/R 20

16

LEO

BL

PTH ST3 (890 f) (205 f) BL

31

18

19

19a 20a

SW2

1

20 1a 20

GY CSW

20

1

2

6

7

8

9

TSW

3

4

5

1a 2a 3a

—

5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a — 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a

POS.

SW1 - SW2 POS.

SYMBOL KEY BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W C : CATALYST CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW : CLEAN SWITCH DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK OL : OVEN LAMP ONL : ON INDICATOR PR : TIMER PTH : SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB : RELAY BOARD RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W ST : HIGH LIMIT STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK SW : PROGRAM SELECTOR TP : TEST POINT TSW : TIMER SELECTOR UEI : UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500 W UEO : UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500 W UM : UP MICROSWITCH WM : CONV. FAN MOTOR WTH : VARIABLE THERMOSTAT

LM

18

BR 18 GY

W/R

4

UM

BR

C

BR W/BL

14

BL RE

R

20

BL W/Y

11

GY

CSW

16

W/Y

14

18

W/R

LDT (518 f)

2a

W/R

20

W

W/Y 4a

2

W

16 20

12

13a 14a

OL

TP6

CSW 1

1a

BL

8

18a

TSW

16

OL

9a

12a 20

W/BK

16

8a

W

16

6

16

5

16

4

6a

TP4 TP5

12 20

W/BL

16

4a

TP2 TP3

20

BR

3

16 BK 5a

20

W/BK

1 2

20

W/BL 20

SW2

3a

TP1 20

W/R

GY 20

1a

W/R 202a

18 18

W

20

2

W/R W/BL

ONL 20

20

TSW

3

7a

BL

ST2 (311 f)

1

78

15a

20 15

16

TSW

21 24

20

SW2

2a

JUMPERS CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY

DWM

CFT BR (140 f)

7

LOWER OVEN

5 N 4 L2 3 L1 2 1

GN 14 N

20

TP6

GN 6

BR 20

14a

13

BK 20

20

E5

F2

W/BK

BL

RB

16 E6

14

TP5

BK

20

20

TP4

20

12a

TP2 TP3

18

R

16 6a

18

20

TSW 6 12

21 24

TP1

TSW BL

ST1 ( 572 )

20

W/BL

20

CSW

20

20

W/Y

W/R

20

ONL

BK

BR

W

1a

GY

10 AWG

20

20

20

78

7a

W/R

20

W

ST2 (311 f)

20

W/Y

BL

16

20

R

31 LEO

14 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG

8a

1

BR

ST3 PTH (890 f) (205 f)

LEI 18

BL

W/BL

SW1

20

SW1

34

20

7

UEO

BL

W/R

16

W/BK

2

18

20

20 3

R W/R 18 BR W/BL18 BR GY 18

14

LM

20

UM

BR

C

W/BK

13

12

UEI

18

16

11

WM

W/Y

20

4

WTH

16

11a

20

TSW

8

CFT (140 f)

BE

20

20

16

BL W/R 20

12a 13a 16 14a

R

OL

20

9

OL

20

20

9a

GY

DRM GY 20 LDT (518 f) 14 LDL

20

8

11 RE

20

7

8a

CSW

4a

W/R

6

7a

2a

W

16

6a

BR

2 16

7

16

W/BL

W/BL 16

5

BL

7a

W

16

4

16

3

4a

20

GY

2

3a

5a

20

20

1

2a

CSW

20

BK

1a

20

16

20

20

R

W/BL TSW

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

DOWN OVEN

OFF CONV BAKE CONV ROAST CONV BROIL THAW BAKE BROIL SELF CLEAN

X X X X X X X

X X X X X X XXX

XX XX XX X XX XX XX

X X X X X X

XX X X X XX X X XX XX X X

X XXXX X X X XXXX X X X XX

X X X X X X X

MANUAL UP OVEN

L O R

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a

XXX XX XXXXX CSW

XXX XX

X X

X

RED

W

WHITE

BK

BLACK

BL

BLUE

2

4

BR

BROWN

1a 2a

4a

GY

GRAY

X

GN

GREEN

1

POS.

X

WIRE COLOR CODE R

Ø >Ø÷500 F SELF CLEAN

XX

W/BL WHITE/BLUE W/BK WHITE/BLACK

HBL 56

W/R

WHITE/RED

W/Y

WHITE/YELLOW

A B

DIAGRAM #31A

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

SW2

W/R

GY

13a1 4a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a

W/BL

GY

BR

BK

BR

SW2 11a

W/BK

HBL 56

ST2" CF"

MTB4

W/BL

2

PTH34"

ST3"

TSW4a

BR

W/R

TP3"

1

CFT"3 OL2" WM" BE" C" LEI"

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

9 10

1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a

W/R

W/BL

BR

W/R

R

W/BK

W/Y

W/R

BL

BR

GY

WH

BL 1

W/BL

C4

78 " UM"3 RE" UEI" UEO" LEO"

4

ST2" LM"

TP2" UM"2

CSW" 4a

C2

BL

ONL" CF'

WH WH

W/BL PR

LDL"

RB

GY

GY

E6 R

C3

DRM'3 J1

WH

W/BL

W/Y

C1

BK

MTB3

WH ONL'

ST2'

WH BL

BL

2

3

4

5

6

8

7

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

TSW

TSW

1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a

10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a

WH

BL

WH

W/Y

WH

BL BL

BK

W/BL

CSW'2a

R

1

C1

WH BL

W/BL

W/Y

BL

W/BK

WH

W R

BK

2

W/R

4 CSW'

WTH' 4a

C1

W/BL

WH

GY

1a 2a

BL C3

4

5

6

9 10

W/R

R

W/BK

8

W/Y

7

W/R

BL

3

BR

WH

2

GY

BL

TSW-7

DRM'2

1

SYMBOL KEY BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W C : CATALYST CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW : CLEAN SWITCH DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK OL : OVEN LAMP ONL : ON INDICATOR PR : TIMER PTH : SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB : RELAY BOARD RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W ST : HIGH LIMIT STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK SW : PROGRAM SELECTOR TP : TEST POINT TSW : TIMER SELECTOR UEI : UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500 W UEO : UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500 W UM : UP MICROSWITCH WM : CONV. FAN MOTOR WTH : VARIABLE THERMOSTAT ' : UPPER CAVITY COMPONENT " : LOWER CAVITY COMPONENT

W/R

1

W/R

W/BL

BR

W/R

SW2-18a

GY

L

LDL' R

BR

N E5

L1 CV

GY

E4

F1 F2

W/BL

E3

W/Y

R

GN

DWM'2 DWM'1 TP'3 PTH'34 LDT'11 UM'2 UM'3

W/R

W/BL

WH

1a 2a GY

TP6"

LDT"11 ST1"24

WTH"

TSW13

PR:L

MTB3 CF' CFT'3 OL1' RE' MTB1 MTB2 LEO' ST2'

CFT'2 ST3' CFT'1 WM' BE' C' LEI' MTB3

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

SW1

SW1

WIRE COLOR CODE R

RED

W

WHITE

BK

BLACK

BL

BLUE

BR

BROWN

GY

GRAY

GN

GREEN

W/BL WHITE/BLUE W/BK WHITE/BLACK

1a 1a

3a

5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a

BK

R

11a

13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a W/BK

BR

BL GY

ST2' R

DRM'1 C3

CONTROL PANEL

CF' MTB4 CFT'2

W/R

WHITE/RED

W/Y

WHITE/YELLOW

A B

DIAGRAM #31B

UM"

W/Y

W/R

BL

GY

BL

LDT"14 LDT"12 PTH34" LM" CFT"3 78 CF" UEO" UEI" BE" LEO" LEI" RE" WM"

GY

W/R

TP"4

31

11

21

14

24 34

BL BR

12

C"

LDT" ST1" PTH"

C6

CSW2" C6/4

W/Y R

'2 SW

O

L1

" B

WH

BL

BR OL2'

GY W/Y

TP"5

W/

C2

C2

W/Y W/R WH

CSW'1

GY

LDL'

TP' 1 2 3 4 5 6

LDL"

C

WH WH W/R W/R W/Y W/Y

DWM"

DRM"

GY

C2

W/Y W/Y W/R WH

C4

MTB5

W/R GY

W/ R W/Y

C2

WH WH W/R W/R W/Y W/Y

SW2-8

MTB3 SW2-14 SW2-9 LDL" TP"5 TP"4 CSW2" SW2-14a TSW-4 PR-N WHT" SW2-6 SW2-7 SW2-7a SW2-15 PTH' LDT' SW2-13 11 21 31 SW2-12 SW2-17 SW2-16 14 24 34 SW2-11 BR SW2-10 12 BL ST1'

H W

TP" 1 2 3 4 5 6

PR-N

C6/4

GY

3

PR

SW1-9 LDL'

C5

C6

TSW15

-E

LDL' SW1-8

SW1-18a

OL2' CF'

GY

MTB5 ONL" CSW"1 C4 LDT"12 C6 LDT"14 LDL"

GN

WH

LM"

1 3 2

1 3 2

1 32

BL

TS W

-16

C3

LM'

1 32

C2

R GY BL

BL

1 32

WH

1 32

BL

UM'

DWM'

DRM'

BL

L

OL2"

BR

GN

BL

WH

OL1'

GN

' TH W

0L'

GN

1" 0L

0

C6/4

SW2-15 SW2-13

R

WH

C1

6

BR

2

GY C1 3

1 SW

OL1'

C1

1

WH

GY

BR

C6/4 2 3

SW2-12 SW2-17 SW2-16

1

CFT"

WM'

-7

C6/4

GY BR BL

BL

OL2"

OL1"

GN

GN

CFT' BL BL

OL2' SW1-8

WH WM"

W/R

CFT"2 C6

BK W/R

BK C1

W/BL

TP'1 TP"1

C1

R

3

4

MTB

5

1 L1

L2

N

UPPER OVEN (')

W/BL

2

BK

1 JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY

GN

C1

W/R

WH WH

W/BL W/R

SW1-15 SW1-13

SW1-5a SW2-5a

C4

WH

TSW5a PR-L

R

1-

R

2

STB

JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY

LOWER OVEN (")

HBL 56

GN

C1

BR BL

SW2-6 SW2-7 SW2-7a

BE" UEI" UEO"

LEO" LEI"

LEO' LEI'

GY

SW1-17 SW1-16

R SW

W /R

/R

R

TSW:13a

W/BL C6/4 W/R

W

SW1:18a

GN BL

78

BL

C1

W/Y

W/BK

BL

W/BL W/R SW1-12

WH

SW2-11

BR BR

BE' UEI' UEO'

R

SW2-10

BL

BL

SW1-7a

78

WM"

RE"

BR

C1

WH

GN

W/BK

SW1-11

BR

BL

W/BK

C1

PTH"34

BR

SW1-10

BL

W/BK

W/Y

O H W C1 C1 BR

C1

' NL

ST3"

CF'

C" WM'

RE'

C1

ST2"

W/BK

SW1-14a

CF"

C'

ST3'

C1

ST2'

BK

TSW13

SW1-14

C1

WH

B

L

(LF)

(RF)

(LR)

(CR)

IGNITORS

IGNITORS

(RR)

(LF)

(RF)

(LR)

(RR)

REIG 1 8

REIG 2 9

REIG 3 10

NEUTRAL 11

REIG 4 12

REIG 1 8

REIG 2 9

REIG 3 10

NEUTRAL 11

REIG 4 12

SPARK MODULE

REI 1

REI 2

REI 3

REI 4

REI 5

REIG 5 13

LINE 15

GROUND 16

SPARK MODULE

REI 1

REI 2

REI 3

REI 4

REI 5

REIG 5 13

LINE 15

GROUND 16

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

SW5

POWER SUPPLY

VALVE SWITCHES

(LF)

(RF)

(LR)

(CR)

(RR)

BK G W

VALVE SWITCHES

(LF)

(RF)

(LR)

(RR)

BK G W

POWER SUPPLY

NHT 91

NHT 71

DIAGRAM #32

A B

2

4

3

6

1M

m1

MAIN SWITCH 2 ACTUATOR (Dispenser) 7 DOOR SWITCH 3 FLOW SWITCH 11 FLOAT SWITCH 7 WATER LEVEL SWITCH 5 THERMOSTAT 140˚F 9 THERMOSTAT 161˚F 6 current path

A2

f4

7

2

4

a

u3

PTC

1

HIGH LIMIT 185˚F ON/OFF LAMP TIMER MOTOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID TIMER CONTACTS

Symbol Key

5

s2

4

b

e6

161˚F

f5 h1 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 u–

4

1

b

a1 A2 e0 e5 e6 f1 f3 f4

3

1

h1

2

f1

a

u5

Symbol Key

e0

a1

1 2 current path

N

L1

8

1M

b

12 4 6 10 8 12 5 – current path

m3

a

u6

9

4

3

b

10

1M

b

m2

6

5

b1

a

u2

b1 & b3 b1 & b2 b3

REGULAR RINSE & HOLD

2

1

b

POWER SCRUB

Selector Switch Contacts

f3

140˚F

b2

a

u8

1

11

2

F

e5

b3

a

u4

12

f5

185˚F

r1

4

SHU 30

N

L

1M

permanent split capacitor motor (m2)

A B DIAGRAM #33 c/u 1 737 203 858 1 739 911 201

GNYE-r1

PE-3

WH-e0-2

N

GNYE-r1

BK-a1-4

L1

L1

RD-e5-4 GNYE-1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5

Heating Element – r1

2

P

2

4

High Limit

185˚F

f5

140˚F

f3

GY-l6-1

VT-s2

WH-f3

BU-l6-4

RD-r1

WHRD-l6-9

GN-l6-6

WH-e5-2 WH-f1-4

Thermostats – f3 & f5

1

h1 a1

GYRD-m3-L1

RD-l6-5

Water Level Switch – f1

1

4

e0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Float Switch – e6

WHRD-A2

BURD-m2-2 BURD-s2

BURD-m3

VT-f1-2

m1

GYRD-l6-8 GYRD-e6-4

Drain Motor – m3

Water Solenoid – s2

GY-e6-2

GN-f3 RD-e6-1 BU-f1-1 WH-e5-2

WHRD-f5 BURD-m2 GYRD-m3-L1

1M

BK-m2-1 WHGN-b-1 VTBK-b-5 GYBK-e5-1

RD-A2

Selector Switch – b

WH-u-8a WH-b-6

2

WH-f3 WH-l6-3

RD-r1

1M

1

2

3

K1

1

2

4

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

= = = = = = = = = =

WHRD-m1 WHRD-e0-1

RD-u-3b

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4

GNYE-r1

GNYE-PE-1

Ground – PE

A2

Actuator (Dispenser) – A2

GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1

BK-u-2b BURD-m3 BURD-l6-9

Circulation Motor – m2

1

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

YE-u-5b

Flow Switch – e5

161˚F

Thermostat – f4

On / Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0 c/u 1 737 203 858 1 739 911 203

Electrical Supply – l1

GY-u-3

GN-u-6a RD-a1-3 BU-u-5a WH-u-8a

WHRD-e0-1 GYRD-u-6b

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Wiring Connector – l6

VT-b-3 GYRD-b-2 GYRD-l6-8 WH-l6-3 WH-f4 GN-l6-6 GN-b-4 WHVT-a1-3

GY-l6-1

BU-l6-4

8b

8a

8

YE-f4

5b 5a 5 6a 6

6b

3b 3a 3 4a 4

4b 2a 2

2b

Timer – u

WHRD-l6-9 WHRD-A2 WH-l1-N WHVT-u-4 RD-l6-5 BK-l1-L1

b. b. b. b. b. b. WHGN-u-4b GYRD-u-6b VT-u-8b GN-u-6a VTBK-u-2a WH-f4

SHU 30

DIAGRAM #34

A B

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

8

7

6

P 161˚F/161˚F R O 140˚F/161˚F G R A M

WASH/RINSE

OPERATION

TIMER POSITION

TIME IN SECONDS

C O N T A C T S

T I 2 M 3 E 4 R 5

a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b

PRE-WASH

WASH W/ HEAT

PRE-RINSE

RINSE W/ HEAT

DRYING

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60

30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 30 30 (5) f1+5 f1+50 60 60 60 30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 180 f3/f4+5 f3+5 230 30 30 60 60 f1+5 f1+55 240 30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 f3+5 55 60 f4+5 45 5 5 60 240 240 240 60 60 60 60

P F U H

= DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING

OPERATION KEY R = DETERGENT DISPENSING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING T = DRYING

161˚

140˚

RINSE STALL

161˚

161˚

WASH STALL

SHU 30

P P F F+U U U P+U P Stop F F+U U U U P+U P F F+U H+U+R H+U+R H+U H+U H+U U P+U P F P F F+U U P+U P F F+U H+U H+U H+U H+U+K H+U+K H+U U U U P T T T T T T P off off

1

Rinse & Hold

Power Scrub Regular

Timer Motor 161˚F Thermostat Bypass

Actuator Heating Element Drain Motor Water Solenoid Thermostat 161˚F Thermostat 140˚F Drain Motor

Timer Stop Circulation Motor

A B DIAGRAM #35 c/u 1 737 203 858 1 739 911 202

A2

1

I2.2-

2

1

I2.6-

2

1 2

1 1

1

4

o2

3

2 1

4

4

e6

s2

I2.7-2

m2

contacts 5–6 are momentary – they reset the control module & actuate the test program

SHI 43/68 and SHU 43/53/68

I2.4-2

I2.7-1

I2.1-3

I2.1-2

I2.1-1

2

e5

F

r1

f5

185˚F

I2.8

X2

dependent on equipment

AQUA SENSOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID JUMPER SERVICE CONNECTOR

m3

I2.4-1

I2.9

X1

1

1

ON/OFF SWITCH ACTUATOR (Upper Basket) ACTUATOR (Dispenser) DOOR SWITCH REED SWITCH FLOW SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH WATER LEVEL SWITCH HIGH LIMIT 185˚F

Symbol Key

f1

I2.4-

Control Module – I2

I2.5-

3

1

l4 m2 m3 NTC r1 s2 X1 X2

A1

6

1

l4

a1 A1 A2 e0 e3 e5 e6 f1 f5

1

7

f2-f4

7

NTC

2

1

6

5

L1

N

N

L

1M

permanent split capacitor motor (m2)

4

3

2

e0 a1

1 739 911 198

Symbol Key

8

1

e3

DIAGRAM #36

A B

1 2 3 4 5 6

e0

1

4

2

P

2

4

PE-3

WH-e0-2

N

GNYE-r1

BK-a1-4

L1

.6 2 1

.5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

RD-e5-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5

Heating Element – r1

WH-e6-2

VT-l6-6

RD-r1

1 4

2

.9

A2

1M

1

2

WHRD-e0-1 WHVT-m2-3

RD-r1

GN-NTC GN-NTC

K4 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1

WHVT-e5

VT-s2 BU-f1-4 BK-m2-1 GYRD-m3-L1

L1

WHVT-m2-2

GYRD-e6-4 GYRD-l6-9

Drain Motor – m3

3

RD-f5 WH-e6-1

BU-l2.2-2

BU-l2.2-1

BK-l6-8 WHVT-m3

GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4

GNYE-r1

GNYE-PE-1

= = = = = = = = = =

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

BU-l2.4-4 BU-l2.4-3 BU-l2.4-2 BU-l2.4-1

RD-l2.7-2 WH-a1-6 WH-l2.4-7 1

BN-l2.5-3 1 BN-l2.5-2 1 BN-l2.5-1 1

BN-l2.5-7 BN-l2.5-6

1 may exist without function

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

l6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

l5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Wiring Connectors – I5 & I6

1

2

4

Ground – PE

Actuator (Dispenser) – A2

Circulation Motor – m2

RD-l6-1

GN-l5-2

GN-l5-1

Flow Switch – e5

High Limit

185˚F

f5

f2-f4

NTC

NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5

Water Solenoid – s2

BU-l6-7

RD-e6-1

GNYE-r1

Electrical Supply – l1

WH-s2

GYRD-m3-L1

RD-f1-1 WH-l6-2

1

.5 x1

Float switch – e6

1

.4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2 1

.2

3 2 1

WH a1-5 BK-l2.7-1 WH-e0-1

.7

BK-l2.1-2 GYBK-a1-3 RD-l6-1

.1

BU-A2 BU-A2

BU-l6-6 BU-l6-7 BU-l6-8 BU-l6-9

1 2

BN-l5-1 BN-l5-2

Control Module– l2

WH a1-6 WH l6-3

Water Level Switch – f1

On/Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0

WH-l2.1-1 WHRD-e5-1 WH-l1-N GYBK-l2.7-1 BK-l1-L1 WH-l2.1-3 WH-l6-2 WH-l2.4-8

BN-l5-5 BN-l5-6 BN-l5-7

SHI/SHU 43

A B DIAGRAM #37 1 739 911 220

1 2 3 4 5 6

e0

On/Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0

1

4

2

P

2

4

PE-3

WH-e0-2

N

GNYE-r1

BK-a1-4

L1

.5

.5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

.6 2 1

.9 S

185˚F

f5

1M

1

2

3

RD-e5-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5

K4

RD-r1

RD-l6-1

GN-l5-2

GN-l5-1

1 4

2

3 2 1

VT-s2 BU-f1-4 BK-m2-1 GYRD-m3-L1

RD-f5 WH-e6-1

BN-l4-3 BN-l4-2 BN-l4-1

GN-NTC GN-NTC

BU-l2.2-2

BU-l2.2-1

L1

WHVT-m2-2

GYRD-e6-4 GYRD-l6-9

Drain Motor – m3

A2

Actuator (Dispenser) – A2

WHRD-e0-1 WHVT-m2-3

RD-r1

Flow Switch – e5

GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1

WHVT-e5

BK-l6-8 WHVT-m3

Circulation Motor– m2

High Limit

f2-f4

NTC

YE-l2.6-1

YE-l2.6-2

1

2

4

GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4

GNYE-r1

GNYE-PE-1

= = = = = = = = = =

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

BU-l2.4-4 BU-l2.4-3 BU-l2.4-2 BU-l2.4-1

RD-l2.7-2 WH-a1-6 WH-l2.4-7 1

BN-l2.5-3 BN-l2.5-2 BN-l2.5-1

BN-l2.5-7 BN-l2.5-6

1 may exist without function

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

l6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

l5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Wiring Connectors – I5 & I6

NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5 Aqua Sensor – l4

Heating Element – r1

WH-e6-2

VT-l6-6

Water Solenoid – s2

1

BU-l6-7

RD-e6-1

1 2

N

Ground – PE 1 739 911 205

Electrical Supply – l1

WH-s2

1

WH a1-6 WH l6-3

Water Level Switch – f1

GYRD-m3-L1

RD-f1-1 WH-l6-2

Float Switch – e6

GNYE-r1

.4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2 1

WH a1-5 BK-l2.7-1 WH-e0-1

.2

BU-A2 BU-A2

3 2 1

BK-l2.1-2 GYBK-a1-3 RD-l6-1

.1

BU-l6-6 BU-l6-7 BU-l6-8 BU-l6-9

.7

YE-e3 YE-e3

BN-l5-1 BN-l5-2

Reed Switch – e3

BN-l5-5 BN-l5-6 BN-l5-7

SHU 53

x1

WH-l2.1-1 WHRD-e5-1 WH-l1-N GYBK-l2.7-1 BK-l1-L1 WH-l2.1-3 WH-l6-2 WH-l2.4-8

BN-l5-5 BN-l5-6 BN-l5-7

Control Module – l2

DIAGRAM #38

A B

1 2 3 4 56

e0

1

4

2

PE-3

WH-e0-2

N

GNYE-r1

BK-a1-4

L1

Electrical Supply – l1

WH-s2

GYRD-m3-L1

RD-f1-1 RD-A1

Float Switch – e6

GNYE-r1

P

2

BU-l6-7

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

.5

2 1

185˚F

f5

RD-r1

RD-l6-1

GN-l5-2

GN-l5-1

1M

1

2

3

K4

RD-e5-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5

1 4

2

3 2 1

A2

WHRD-e0-1 WHVT-m2-3

RD-r1

BU-l2.2-2

BU-l2.2-1

GY-l6-3

WH-l6-2 RD-e6-1

L1

RD-f5 WH-A1 GY-A1

BN-l4-3 BN-l4-2 BN-l4-1

GN-NTC GN-NTC

VT-s2 BU-f1-4 BK-m2-1 GYRD-m3-L1

WHVT-m2-2

GYRD-e6-4 GYRD-l6-9

Drain Motor – m3

detergent dispenser

A1

upper basket wash

1

2

4

GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4

GNYE-r1

GNYE-PE-1

Ground – PE

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

l6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

l5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

= = = = = = = = = =

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

BU-l2.4-4 BU-l2.4-3 BU-l2.4-2 BU-l2.4-1

RD-l2.7-2 WH-a1-6 WH-l2.4-7

BN-l2.5-3 BN-l2.5-2 BN-l2.5-1

BN-l2.5-7 BN-l2.5-6

Wiring Connectors – I5 & I6

YE-l2.6-1

YE-l2.6-2

Aqua Sensor – l4

S

N

Reed Switch – e3

Actuators – A1 & A2

.9

Flow Switch – e5

GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1

WHVT-e5

BK-l6-8 WHVT-m3

Circulation Motor – m2

High Limit

f2-f4

NTC

Heating Element – r1

WH-e6-2

VT-l6-6

Water Solenoid – s2

1

4

RD-e6-1

.5

.6

NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2 1

3 2 1

.4

WH a1-5 BK-l2.7-1 WH-e0-1

.7

BK-l2.1-2 GYBK-a1-3 RD-l6-1

.2

BU-A2 BU-A2 WH a1-6 WH l6-3

1 2

YE-e3 YE-e3

BN-l5-1 BN-l5-2

.1

BU-l6-6 BU-l6-7 BU-l6-8 BU-l6-9

Water Level Switch – f1

On/Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0

WH-l2.1-1 WHRD-e5-1 WH-l1-N GYBK-l2.7-1 BK-l1-L1 WH-l2.1-3 WH-l6-2 WH-l2.4-8

BN-l5-5 BN-l5-6 BN-l5-7

Control Module – l2

BN-l5-5 BN-l5-6 BN-l5-7

SHI/SHU 68

A B DIAGRAM #39 1 739 911 199

A B

DIAGRAM #40 1 739 911 152

SHI/U 43--, 53-- or 68-- DISHWASHER DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROGRAM FUNCTION*

DURATION

Draining

COMMENTS

30 seconds

Aqua Sensor 65 seconds (“Sensotronic”) Calibration

Not used on SHI/U 43--

Filling

Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes

This function can’t be bypassed

Heating & Circulating

Until water temperature reaches 150°F (65°C) Dispenser Actuator energizes

Draining

60 seconds

• To bypass a function:

SHI/U 43-- models SHI/U 53--/68-- models

Press the SCRUB WASH button Press the REGULAR WASH button.

SHI/U 43-- MODELS To begin the test program, press both the POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons at the same time as you turn the unit on by pressing the ON/OFF button. When the buttons are released, the LED’s above them will begin flashing. To end the test program or test cycle, press the ON/OFF button. To check the LED indicator lamps (WASH, RINSE/DRY and CLEAN status lights and the SCRUB WASH program light), press the SCRUB WASH button. To start the test cycle, press both the POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When the test cycle has completed and a fault was detected, the following indicator LED’s will be illuminated. WASH RINSE/DRY CLEAN

= = =

Heating fault Filling fault NTC (temperature sensor) fault

SHU 53-- or SHI/U 68-- MODELS To begin the test program, press both the SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO wash program buttons at the same time as you turn the unit on by pressing the ON/OFF button. Initially, the control unit version number will appear in the display (e.g./ 20 = version 20, 21 = version 21, etc.). When the wash program buttons are released, the LED’s above them will begin flashing. To end the test program or test cycle, press the ON/OFF button. To check the wash program LED, press its corresponding button. To check the Cycle Countdown display, Refill Rinse Agent LED and REGULAR WASH button LED, press the REGULAR WASH button (press the DELAY START button to test the Cycle Countdown display alone). The Cycle Countdown display should show “88” when the DELAY START button is pressed and “8h” when the REGULAR WASH button is pressed. To start the test cycle, press both the SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO buttons a second time. When the test cycle has completed, the Cycle Countdown display will indicate a fault using the codes below. If a combination of faults exists, the code numbers will be added together, (e.g./ 6 = faults 2 + 4). 0 = No faults 1 = Aqua Sensor (“Sensotronic”) fault 2 = Heating fault 4 = Filling fault 8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault If the refill rinse agent sensor (reed switch e3) has failed (open circuited), the display will show “0” throughout the test cycle. If the water level switch (f1) has failed (open circuited), the display will show fault code “4” and the unit will continually fill and drain where the test cycle won’t be completed. If the flow switch (e5) has failed (open circuited), the display will show “0” throughout the test cycle, the water will not heat (to 150°F) and the unit won’t stop circulating. If the NTC probe (f2/f4) has failed (open circuited), the display will show fault code “8” immediately and the test cycle will end shortly after the unit has started circulating.

2

4

3

6

1M

m1

MAIN SWITCH 2 ACTUATOR (Dispenser) 7 DOOR SWITCH 3 FLOW SWITCH 11 FLOAT SWITCH 7 WATER LEVEL SWITCH 5 THERMOSTAT 140˚F 9 THERMOSTAT 161˚F 6 current path

A2

f4

7

2

4

a

u3

PTC

1

HIGH LIMIT 185˚F ON/OFF LAMP TIMER MOTOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID TIMER CONTACTS

f5 h1 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 u–

5

s2

4

b

e6

161˚F

a1 A2 e0 e5 e6 f1 f3 f4

4

1

b

Symbol Key

3

1

h1

2

f1

a

u5

Symbol Key

e0

a1

1 2 current path

N

L1

8

1M

b

12 4 6 10 8 12 5 – current path

m3

a

u6

9

4

3

b

10

1M

b

m2

6

5

b1

a

u2

b1 & b3 b1 & b2 & b3 b1 & b2 b3

REGULAR ECONOMY RINSE & HOLD

2

1

b

POWER SCRUB

Selector Switch Contacts

f3

140˚F

b2

a

u8

1

11

2

F

e5

b3

a

u4

12

f5

185˚F

r1

4

SHU 40

N

L

1M

permanent split capacitor motor (m2)

A B DIAGRAM #41

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GNYE-r1

PE-3

WH-e0-2

N

GNYE-r1

BK-a1-4

L1

L1

WHGN-e5-4 GNYE-1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5

Heating Element – r1

2

GY-l6-1

P

2

4

VT-s2

WH-f3

BU-l6-4

185˚F

f5

140˚F

f3

RD-r1

WHRD-l6-9

GN-l6-6

WH-e5-2 WH-f1-4

Thermostats – f3 & f5

1

h1 a1

GYRD-m3-L1

RD-l6-5

Water Level Switch – f1

1

4

e0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Float Switch – e6

WHRD-A2

BURD-m2-2 BURD-s2

BURD-m3

VT-f1-2

m1

BK-m2-1 WHGN-b-1 VTBK-b-5 GYBK-e5-1

RD-A2

GYRD-l6-8 GYRD-e6-4

Drain Motor – m3

1M

Water Solenoid – s2

GY-e6-2

GN-f3 RD-e6-1 BU-f1-1 WH-e5-2

WHRD-f5 BURD-m2 GYRD-m3-L1

Electrical Supply – l1

GY-u-3

GN-u-6a RD-a1-3 BU-u-5a WH-u-8a

WHRD-e0-1 GYRD-u-6b

Wiring Connector – l6

BNBK-b-3 GYRD-b-2 GYRD-l6-8 WH-l6-3 WH-f4 GN-l6-6 GN-b-4 WHVT-a1-3

GY-l6-1

BU-l6-4

BKBU-f4

8b

8a

8

SHU 40 5b 5a 5 6a 6

6b

3b 3a 3 4b 4a 4

2b 2a 2

Selector Switch – b

WH-u-8a WH-b-6

2

WH-f3 WH-l6-3

WHGN-r1

GYBK-u-4a

1M

1

2

3

K1 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1

BK-u-2b BURD-m3 BURD-l6-9

Circulation Motor – m2

1

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

BKBU-u-5b

Flow Switch – e5

161˚F

Thermostat – f4

On / Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0

WHRD-l6-9 WHRD-A2 WH-l1-N WHVT-u-4 RD-l6-5 BK-l1-L1

b. b. b. b. b. b.

1

2

4

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

= = = = = = = = = =

WHRD-m1 WHRD-e0-1

RD-u-3b

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4

GNYE-r1

GNYE-PE-1

Ground – PE

Actuator – A2

WHGN-u-4b GYRD-u-6b BNBK-u-8b GN-u-6a VTBK-u-2a WH-f4

Timer – u

DIAGRAM #42

A B

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

8

7

6

P 161˚F/161˚F R O 140˚F/161˚F G 140˚F/161˚F R A M

WASH/RINSE

OPERATION

TIMER POSITION

TIME IN SECONDS

C O N T A C T S

T I 2 M 3 E 4 R 5

a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b

PRE-WASH

WASH W/ HEAT

PRE-RINSE

RINSE W/ HEAT

DRYING

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60

30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 30 30 (5) f1+5 f1+50 60 60 60 30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 180 f3/f4+5 f3+5 230 30 30 60 60 f1+5 f1+55 240 30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 f3+5 55 60 f4+5 45 5 5 60 240 240 240 60 60 60 60

P F U H

= DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING

OPERATION KEY

161˚

140˚

R = DETERGENT DISPENSING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING T = DRYING

161˚

140˚

SHU 40

RINSE STALL

161˚

161˚

WASH STALL

P P F F+U U U P+U P Stop F F+U U U U P+U P F F+U H+U+R H+U+R H+U H+U H+U U P+U P F P F F+U U P+U P F F+U H+U H+U H+U H+U+K H+U+K H+U U U U P T T T T T T P off off

1

Rinse & Hold

Power Scrub Regular Economy

Timer Motor 161˚ Thermostat Bypass

Actuator Heating Element Drain Motor Water Solenoid Thermostat 161˚F Thermostat 140˚F Drain Motor

Timer Stop Circulation Motor

A B DIAGRAM #43

1

X1-L1

X1-L2

2

N1

Z1

3

1

4

6

5

7

K13

X11-8.19

6

3

X11-1.5

X11-8.1

X11-1.1

X11-1.2

X11-1.4

E1

24

23

9

K6 on off

8

K5 off on

5 pol.

10

X11-6.1 X11-6.5

K2

X11-1.3

Connector module N7 Connector to electrical component

2

F3

4

11

P

12

X11-5.3

11

12

Level < 1

X11-2.1 X11-2.3

R1

X11-5.5

B2

14.2

14

X11-5.4

X11-5.1

K2

X11-5.2

K3

13

14

36

X11-4.8

15

16

17

K9

K10

Control Board

X11-4.3

Y2

X11-4.4

J1

X11-4.8

32

P B3

31

X11-4.1

Y3

X11-4.2

X11-4.7

X11-4.5 34

Level 2

X11-4.10

M M3 1

X11-4.9

K8

18

K11

19

X11-3.1

YR

X11-3.2

X11-3.4

X11-3.3

20

21

K7

24

L2* L2

B2 B3 E1 F3 F7 H1 K2 K3 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10 K11 K13 M2 M3 N1 N7 Q4 R1 V5 X1 X2 X11 X11-6 Y2 Y3 YR Z1

Current Path

WARNING ! Always disconnect electrical power to the washer before beginning any service repair procedures.

Pressure Switch Level 1 11 Pressure Switch Level 1 16 Heater 9 Door with Lock 8 Motor Overload 21 On/Off Lamp (Indicator Light) 4 Heater Relay 9,11 Heater Relay 11 Reversing Relay 23 Reversing Relay 22 Field Tap Relay 22 Relay Pump 13 Relay Main Wash 16 Relay Prewash 15 Relay Hot Water 18 Relay - Locking 8 Wash/Spin Motor 21 Pump Motor 13 Operating Module 2 Control Module On/Off Switch 4 NTC Temperature Sensor 11 Triac Motor Control 21 Power Terminal Block 1 Motor Connector Plug 20-23 Plug in Connection Control Module 5-23 Diagnostic Plug 9 Inlet Valve Main Wash 16 Inlet Valve Prewash 15 Inlet Valve Hot Water 18 Surge Suppressor 3

List of Components

WFK 2401

23

K5

X11-3.6

X2.8

G

X2.7

X11-3.5

22

K6

(X11-3.11)

(X2.1)

S F7

X11-3.9

X11-3.7

X11-3.8

V5

L1

X11-3.10

X2.2

M2

X2.3

X2.5

M2 M

X2.4

B33 5008 AA2

Drum rotation right Drum rotation left

5

19 pol.

Q4

4

2

H1

Q4

3

DIAGRAM #44

A B

Q

M

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

10 9

X11-4

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2 1

2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

X11-3

X2 Motor Connector Plug

M2

B3-31…36

1 2

1 2

3.5k … 4.7k Y3 Pre wash

3.5k … 4.7k

1 2

Inlet Valve Main Wash Y2

70 … 100 Pump M3

Inlet Valve Hot Water 3.5k … 4.7k YR

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

PE

F7

N2 L2*

L1

L2*

L2*

J1

K5

K7

K10

K11

E1

L1

L1

K6

PE

Heater 15 … 34

N1 = 25… 32mm N2 = 38… 39cm Safety level = 48… 49cm Safety level N2

Wash/Spin Motor X2.1 – 3 0.7 … 1.2 X2.2 – 3 0.7 … 2 X2.4 – 5 1.5 … 10 X2.6 – 7 14 … 20

M 1

K9

V5

L1

N1

L1

K2

1

< N1

K8

L1

2 3 4 5

1 2 1 2 3

2 1

N7 Control Module

3 2 1

36 31 34 32

P

N2 B3

X11-5

Diagnostic Plug

K13

2 3 4 5

X11-6

L1

1

1 2 1 2 3

3 2 1

4 3 2 1

L2*

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

X11-2

X11-8

L2*

Door with Lock

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 2 3

300 …1500

X11-1

F3

N L1 L2 L3

A N L1 L2 L3

1 2

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3 2 1

10ºC 20ºC 30ºC 40ºC 50ºC 60ºC 66ºC 86ºC

WFK 2401

PE

X1 Power Terminal Block

R1

PE : Side Wall Heater Motor Main Ground

Drum rotation right Drum rotation left

K5 off on

K6 on off

… 10.6k … 6.5k … 4.3k … 2.9k … 1.9k … 1.3k … 1.1k … 0.55k NTC Temperature Sensor

N1 Operating Manual

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3 2 1

8.5k 5.4k 3.5k 2.3k 1.5k 1.1k 0.9k 0.45k

not actuated at room temperature

1 2

1 2 1 2 1

Z1 Surge Suppressor 1 2

Q4 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5

K3

X11-4.5…4.8

3 2 1 4 3 2 1

12 14 11

14 24 23 13 b a

Heater Relay 5k … 7k

B2 P

N1 14.2

Pressure Switch

H1 On/Off Lamp (Indicator Light)

On/Off Switch

A B DIAGRAM #45 B33 5018 AA1

2

4

Q4

5

Q4

B9 B10 C1 E2 E3 F1 F7 H8 M4

4

6

4

5

3 5

6

B9

X6-

S9

H8

3

8

8

E3

7

4

6

5

7 10 15 10 8 8 14 6 8

P

9

2

1

11

2

3

12

1

4

X11-1

1

13

1

X2-

N3

M8 N1 N3 Q4 R2 R3 S2 S8 S9

2

5

15

3

16

6 4

C1

Current Path

M 1

M8

3 5

4

X11-10

Drum Motor 15 Operating Module 21 Power Switch 6-19 On/Off Switch 4 NTC Temperature Sensor 11 NTC Temperature Sensor 13 Selector Switch 21 Sliding Contact – Moisture Sensor 19 Door Switch 6

14

3

F7

X11-2

List of Components

10

E2 R2

5

6

X11-1

X11-12

Current Path

7

1

X11-12

2

X11-12

Overheat Thermostat Level Switch Condensated Water Capacitor Heater Heater Door Switch Motor Overload Illumination Pump Motor Condensate Water

List of Components

3

2

1

2

B10

7 6 5

3

2

M 1

3

V2

18

M4

X20

19

N1 / S2

20

S10 V2 X2 X6 X11 X18 X20 X22

17 18 13-16 7-11 6-22 16 20 2

Current Path

22

Sliding Ground Contact Electrode – Moisture (In Drum) Motor Connector Plug Connection Strip Heater Plug in Connection Module Connector Connector Power Connection Box

21

Plug in Connection Module

not on models without drum illumination

For WTL 5400 condensation dryers

10 pol.

S8

List of Components

1

X11-14

X11-5

17

1

X18

S10

518 5008 AA6

1

To WFK 2401 Outlet

X22

WTA 3500/ WTL 5400

PE

L2

L1

1

F1

R3

DIAGRAM #46

A B

1

15A

2

15A

X6

1

2

2

E2 700W = 71 … E2 1300W = 37 … E3 1800W = 27 …

76 42 31

E3

R2 NTC

4

PE

3

3

Heater

** 18k … 22k

Connection Strip Heater

1

To WFK 2401 Outlet

3

2

1

E2

6

2

7

1

8

2

Overheat Thermostat B9

F7

1 2

2

Q4

Drum Motor M8

Motor Overload

Side Bag

opens at 120º C (condens. drying) opens at 100º C (air drying)

5

1

Power Connection Box X22

WTA 3500/ WTL 5400

1

M

3

1

1

2

4

2

2

3

5

1

1

2

2

4

6

5

6

1

1 2

1

2

4

X11-10

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

X11-12

2

3

Condensation Air drying drying X2.2 - 3 19 … 25 25 … 29 X2.2 - 4 18 … 23 25 … 30

Motor Connector X2 Plug

S9 Door Switch F1

M M4 110 … 136 1

2

1

2

1

2

3

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

Pump Motor Condensate Water

2

C1 Capacitor

1

On/Off Switch

1

H8

Illumination

L1 L2*

7

3

1

1

6

6

2

2

2

2

5 3

4

4

2

3

1

1

1

2

2

1 2 3

1 2 3

**

PE

1 2 3

1 2 3

X18

S10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

S8

X20

not on models without drum illumination not on models without drum illumination

For WTL 5400 condensation dryers

N3 Power Module

X11-14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

V2

Moisture Sensors

9k … 11k (Bearing shield)

(X11-3) X11-2 X11-5

1 2 3

3 2 1 3 2 1

PE : Side Wall Front Wall Traverse Main Ground

**

2

2

1

1

P

B10

Level Switch Condensated Water

X11-1

5

1

3

1

NTC Temperature Sensor R3

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

N1 Operating Module

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

A B DIAGRAM #47 518 5018 AA5

1

A2

2

I2.3-

I2.7-

2

1

1

2

f1

1

2

1 SHV 4803 only

ON/OFF SWITCH ACTUATOR (Upper Basket) ACTUATOR (Dispenser) DOOR SWITCH REED SWITCH FLOW SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH WATER LEVEL SWITCH HIGH LIMIT 185˚F

4

s2

e6

2

I2.4-3

I2.8-

2

f2-f4 1

CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID SERVICE CONNECTOR

Symbol Key

1

4

m2 m3 NTC r1 s2 X2

A1

3

a1 A1 A2 e0 e3 e5 e6 f1 f5

1

1

I2.1-

Control Module – I2

1

m3

NTC

I2.5-1

e5

F

r1

f5

185˚F

I2.5-2

I2.2-3 I2.2-2

e0 1

SHU 99, SHV 43/48

I2.4-2

m2

4

2

N

L

1M

permanent split capacitor motor (m2)

6

4

3 5

2

1

a1

L1

N

5600011178

Symbol Key

I2.4-1

I2.6

X2

e3

DIAGRAM #48

A B

1 2 3 4 5 6

P

2

BU-l6-4

2

WH-s2

GYRD-m3-l1

PE-3

WH-a1-2

N

GNYE-r1

BK-a1-4

L1

Electrical Supply – l1

1

4

RD-f1-1 RD-A1

Float Switch – e6

SHU 99, SHV 43/48

1

4

RD-e6-1

Water Level Switch – f1

WHRD-e0-1 WHRD-e5-1 WH-l1-N GYBK-l2.5-2 BK-l1-L1

2 1

.6

RD-e5-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5

Heating Element – r1

GNYE-r1

185˚F

f5

RD-l6-1

GN-l6-2

GN-l6-3

1 4

2

VT-m2-3

A2

detergent dispenser

A1

BU-l2.3-2

BU-l2.3-1

GY-l6-6

WH-l6-9 RD-e6-1

upper basket wash 1

1M

1

WHRD-a1-1 WHVT-m3

RD-r1

Flow Switch – e5

WH-e6-2

VT-l6-5

Water Solenoid – s2

High Limit

f2-f4

NTC

2

4

Actuators – A1 & A2

1

GY-l2.2-3

WHRD-a1-1 WHRD-l2.2-2

Door Switch – e0

2

3

GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1

L1

WHVT-e5-1

GYRD-e6-4 GYRD-l6-7

= = = = = = = = = =

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

RD-l2.5-1 BN-l2.8-2 BN-l2.8-1 WH-l2.1-3 WH-l2.1-2 WH-l2.1-1 WH-l2.4-3 WH-l2.4-2 WH-l2.4-1

1 SHV 4803 only

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

l6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Wiring Connector – I6

GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4

GNYE-r1 2

1

GNYE-PE-1

Ground – PE

YE-l2.7-2

YE-l2.7-1

1

4

S

N

Reed Switch – e3

RD-f5 GN-NTC GN-NTC BU-f1-4 VT-s2 1 GY-A1 GYRD-m3 BK-m2-1 WH-A1

Drain Motor – m3

K4

VT-e0-2

BK-l6-8

Circulation Motor– m2

1 2 3 4

1 2

1

.8

.7

NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5

1 2 3

1 2

1 2 3

1 2 3

WH-I6-6 WH-I6-5 WH-I6-4

.4

WHRD-e0-1 GY-e0-4

.3

BU-A2 BU-A2

.2

WH-I6-9 WH-I6-8 WH-I6-7

.5

GYBK-a1-3 RD-l6-1

I2. .1

Control Module – I2

YE-e3 YE-e3 BN-l6-3 BN-l6-2

On/Off Switch – a1

A B DIAGRAM #49 5600011181

A B

DIAGRAM #50

F1-FP

BPI-BPU

PR21-L

5

6

7

8

9

1a

2a

3a

4a

5a

6a

7a

8a

9a 10a -11a 12a 13a 14a

10

PR3-C

CR-RGD

11 12

PR3-RSI

FI-FF

4

PR3-RGB

PR24-VR

3

PR3-RGA

PR11-PRF

2

CR-RGC

PR12-PRP

1

PR23-VRF

13 14

BE : Broil element, 1750W, 1750W C : Catalyst CF : Cooling fan CFT : Cooling fan thermostat CSW : Clean switch DRM : Door microswitch DWM : Down microswitch EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V) LDL : Locking door warning light LDT : Locking door thermostat LM : Locking motor MSW : Manual switch OL : Oven lamp, 12V-20W ONL : On/Off warning light PR : Programmer PTH : Pyrolytic thermostat RB : Relay board ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000 SW : Switch-commutator TB : Terminal block THL : Thermostat warning light TP : Test point TR : Transformer, 120V-12V, 40W UM : Up microswitch WTH : Working thermostat

15 16 —

SW2

16a

0

OFF

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

1

BAKE

2

BROIL

3

SELF CLEAN

X

WIRE COLOR CODE

X X X

X

R

Red

22

W BK BL

White Black

99 00

Blue

BR GY

Brown

66 11 90

Gray

GN

Green

55

W/BL White/Blue W/BK White/Black W/R White/Red W/Y White/Yellow

69 09 29 49

NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE THE WIRE SIZE (AWG)

1

1

2

4

1a

2a

4a

O (OFF) >0÷500ºF SELF CLEAN X X

X

4CH/259

2CH/426 POS. 1a MSW TIMER MANUAL X

CSW

POS.

PR

1

16

1a E6 W/Y 20

E3

L

N

R

E4

F1 W/BL

RB 16

16

Black

16

20

1

1

14a

PRF

PR24

VR FF

F1

FP BPI

BPU

PR21

L RGC

CR

RGD RGA

2

4 5 6 16

BR 20 W/BL

7 8 20

9 10

18 W/BL

18

12

C

14

RSI

15

R

16

18

BR

16

18 GY

18

CSW SW2

GY

16

BL 20 W/R

16 20

11 12

TP3

TP4

EUE

IUE

20

20

W/Y

TP5

TP6

16

BR 34

4a 16

LM

IDE

TR

BL LDL (white) W/BK

PTH 31

16

4

WTH

W/BL CSW

16 BL

M

ST3

20 16

TP2

OL

BE

20 16

14

UM

OL

2

W

W/Y

W/R

TP1

2a

C

GY

LDT

W

DRM 20

W

CSW

16

CF

20

M

BL

W/R

11

RGB

RSE

16

3

13

PR3

16a

78Ω

5 BR 20

PR11

1

12V 120V

5a BR

W/BK

1a W/R

20

SW1

PRP

13a

2

3 CFT 20

U

PR12

12a

W/BL

20

20

8a

11a

5 White 20 GN 14

I

10a

16

R

20

N

4

18

20

14 AWG

7a

9a Red

VRF

6a

GY

ONL (White)

W/R

PR23

20

20

16 AWG

L2

3

5a

BR20

20

16 W/R

16 AWG

L1

20

CV

1 18 2

16 AWG

4a

W/BK 20

BR

20 SW1

W/BL

16

ST2

THL (red)

16

W/R

TB

24

F2

L1

2a

DWM

3a

E5 Connected for 208V Not connected for 240V

1a

W/BL

20 ST1 21

R 20

BK 20

W 20

BL

MSW

20

BL

16

16

POS.

SW1

I-U

16CH/127

PR3-RSE

HBL 63

EDE

A B

DIAGRAM #51

X X X X X X

5 6

2CH/426 MSW

X X X X X X

X

X X X X X

1

X X

X

X X X

X

2

4

1a

2a

4a

X

20

BL E3 E4 N

L

W/BL

W/R

Black

16 W/BL

FV FF

9a

PR23

VRF

PR24

VR

PR21

L

BPI

BPU

PR22

MV RGC

CR

12a

RGD

13a W/R

RGA

20

1a

RGB

15a 1

C

16a

PR3

RV RSI

CSW

W/R

78Ω

18a

GY

11

09 29 49

ONL (White)

16

1 2 3

16

W

2a CSW

4 5 6

W/BL GY

16

ER

2

W/R

20

P1

18

7 BR 20

P2

8

BL

9

20

W/R

10

W/Y

19a

RSE I

U

20a

W/R

18

12

W/BL

18

13

R

16

21

14 15 16

18

W/BK

17

BR

18

18

GY

18

19

W/R

32 WTH3

C

20

16

39Ω SW2

11 12 W

20

W/R

TP2

TP3

TP4

OL

OL

BE

EUE

IUE

BL

16

W/M

20 W/Y

14

RE

M

TR

LDT LDL (white)

W/R 20

TP5

W/Y TP6

BR WTH1 W/BK

20

20 UM

TP1

20 31 BR

DRM 20

GY

2

WTH2

20

11

CF

20

M

GY

10a

1

BR 7 BR 20

90

69

16

R

2

CFT 20

FP

11a

20

7a

20

20

SW1

20

16

20

3

20

PRF PRP

6a 20 7a BR 8a

20

4

PR11

5a W/BK 20

RB

5 White 20 GN 14

N

14 AWG

66

Brown Gray

W/R

PR12

3a

20

L2

16 AWG

2a

CV

16

20

16 AWG

18

Blue

BR

55

W/BL White/Blue W/BK White/Black W/R White/Red W/Y White/Yellow

20

F1

BR

Red

DWM

24

F2

L1

1a

W/BL

20 ST1 21

R 20

BK

1a E6 W/Y 20

1 18

3

99 00

SW1

F1

2 L1

White Black

20

PR

R

Red

W BK BL

NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE THE WIRE SIZE (AWG)

1

POS.

WIRE COLOR CODE. 22 GN Green

R

GY

CSW O (OFF) > 0÷500ºF SELF CLEAN X X

4CH/259

E5

16 AWG

SW2

W

1

16

TB

19 20

18a 19a 20a

X X X X X X X X X X X X

X

X X

POS. 1a TIMER MANUAL X

MSW

Connected for 208 V Not connected for 240V

—

I-U

PR3-C

PR3-RGB

CR-RGD

CR-RGC

PR21-L

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

7

SELF CLEAN

17 18

18 R

4

16

15a 16a

18

THAW

14 15

W/BK

3

13

X

2

CONV. BROIL

11 12

20

1

10

PR3-RSE

9a 10a 11a 12a 13a —

PR3-RSI

9

8a

PR3-RV

8

7a

PR3-RGD

PR23-VRF

7

6a

PR22-MV

FI-FF

6

5a

BPI-BPU

FI-FV

5

—

PR24-VR

FI-FP

4

3a

LM

16

12

W/BK

14 34

M

11 BL

16

20 W/BL

16

ST2 16

THL (red)

16

BL 4a

4 BL

16

PTH 31

ST3

CSW BL

18

CONV. ROAST

BROIL

3

2a

BE : Broil element, 1750W, 1750W C : Catalyst CF : Cooling fan CFT : Cooling fan thermostat CSW : Clean switch DRM : Door microswitch DWM : Down microswitch EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W ER : Energy regulator EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V) LDL : Locking door warning light LDT : Locking door thermostat LM : Locking motor OL : Oven lamp 12V-20W ONL : On/Off warning light PR : Programmer PTH : Pyrolytic thermostat RB : Relay board RE : Ring element, 2500W, 2500W ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000 SW : Switch-commutator TB : Terminal block THL : Thermostat warning light TP : Test point TR : Transformer 40W, 120V-12V UM : Up microswitch WM : Working motor WTH : Working thermostat

120V 12V

0

BAKE

2

1a

16

OFF

CONV. BAKE

1

PR11-PRF

POS.

SW1

PR12-PRP

HBL/HBN 64 20CH/17MZ

IDE

EDE

22

A B

7

SELF CLEAN

X X

X X X

X X

X

MANUAL

R

Red

W BK

White Black

99 00

BL

Blue

BR GY

Brown

66 11

Gray

90

69

W/R

White/Red

W/Y

White/Yellow

1

POS.

55

W/BL White/Blue W/BK White/Black

UP OVEN

4 4a

O (OFF) 4CH/259 > 0÷500ºF SELF CLEAN X X

09 29 49

8

9

8a

9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a

L

X X X

11 12

13

14 15

X X X X

16

X

X X X

X X X X X

10

11 12

X

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1a

2a

3a

4a

5a

6a

7a

8a

9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a

13

14 15

16 16a

0

OFF

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

1

BAKE

X

10

X X

16CH/127

2 2a

1a

CSW

7 7a

O R

SW2 WIRE COLOR CODE 22 GN Green

6 6a

PR3-RSE

6

X

DOWN OVEN

5 5a

PR3-RSI

5

BAKE BROIL

X X X X X X X X X X X X

X

4 4a

PR3-C

4

X

X X X X X

3 3a

PR3-RGB

3

THAW

X X X X X X

2 2a

PR3-RGA

CONV. BROIL

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

1 1a

CR-RGD

X X X X X X

2

CONV. BAKE

16CH/112

X

1

CONV. ROAST

SW2 TSW

CR-RGC

0

OFF

BE : Broil element, 1750W, 1750W C : Catalyst CF : Cooling fan CFT : Cooling fan thermostat CSW : Clean switch DRM : Door microswitch DWM : Down microswitch EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W ER : Energy regulator EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V) LDL : Locking door warning light LDT : Locking door thermostat LM : Locking motor MTB : Main terminal block ONL : On/Off warning light OL : Oven lamp, 12V—20W PTH : Pyrolytic thermostat PR : Programmer RB : Relay board RE : Ring element, 2500W, 2500W ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000 STB : Service terminal block SW : Switch-commutator TP : Test point THL : Thermostat warning light TSW : Timer switch commutator TR : Transformer, 120V—12V, 40W UM : Up microswitch WM : Working motor WTH : Working thermostat

20

PR21-L

19

18a 19a 20a

BPI-BPU

18

F1-FP

17

I-U

PRE-RSE

PR3-RSI

PR3-RV

16

15a 16a

FI-FF

14 15

PR24-VR

13

PR11-PRF

11 12

PR12-PRP

9

9a 10a 11a 12a 13a

I-U

8 8a

POS.

7 7a

PR23-VRF

6 6a

PR3-C

PR3-RGB

PR3-RGA

5 5a

POS.

10

CR-RGD

CR-RGC

PR22-MV

BPI-BPU

4

3a

PR21-L

3

2a

PR24-VR

2

PR23-VRF

FI-FV

1 1a

FI-FF

FI-FP

SW1

POS.

PR11-PRF

PR12-PRP

DIAGRAM #52

2

BROIL

3

SELF CLEAN

X

X X X

X

18

NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE THE WIRE SIZE WTH 2

ER W/R

18

21

P1

W/R

14 WTH1

18

R

11

22

2 P2

UPPER OVEN

12 R 20 R 20 BL 20

15a PR3

RV RSI

R 20 W

20 R

18

16

18

W/BK

17

18

BR

18

18

GY

20

R

34 IDE

15

20

20

IUE

PTH 31

18

ST3

16 BL

EDE

W/Y

20 W/R

20

W

20 W

20

20 1a

SW1 GY 20

20 W/R

1

CSW

ONL (White)

BK

W/Y

20

W/BL W/R

18 18

TP1

TP2

TP3

TP4

TP5

TP6

14a

4a

3

3a

CV

20

BK

L1

BK

E5

N

4

L2

3

L1

16

BK

16 W/BL

5 16

E4 BL 20

10a

10

20 R

16 BK

F1

6

2 20

4

F2

20 GY

13a

13

GN 14

E3

1

BL 24 20 21 ST1

15a

16

GN 14

3 2 STB 1

20

16

15 TSW

20

20

16

PR

20 W

DWM

L

N

NOT CONNECTED FOR 240V

14

BK 20 W

CONNECTED FOR 208V

5a 11a

W/BK 16 20 BL

RB

5 11

W/BL

MTB GN 14

16

12 AWG 12 AWG

6a 12a

TSW 16 16a

14 AWG

6 12

20

R

10 AWG

16 BK 16

20

DWM BL 24 20 21 ST1

16 TSW

W

CF

R 16

M

BR

W/BL

16

20

R

ST2

78Ω 7a

W/R

18

LM BL

19

U

W/BK

16

18

13

BR

16 W/R

BR

I

20a

8a 20

RSE

19a

39Ω 18

20

SW1

7

R

TSW

CFT

11

W/R

8

16

16

18a

C

M

20 UM

WM

M

BR

12

14

C

16a

20

4a

LDL (White)

20

RGA RGB

EUE

14

20

GY

13a

THL (Red) (Optional)

20

RGD

31

20

W/Y

CSW

20

LDT

W/R

RGC

32

4

BE

WTH3

W/R 20

10

MV

CR

12a

OL OL

20

9

BPU

11a

GY

8

11 12

RE

7 BR 20

L

PR22

6

16

20

20 GY

20 R

20

VR

BPI

10a

BL

VRF

PR24 PR21

9a

20

PR23

W/BL

BL

8a

5

16

7a

DRM GY

4

FF

6a

20 BR

BR

2

2a

16

20 BL

16 W

FV

5a

7

16

16 BK

7a W 16

3

16

F1

CSW

TSW

2

FP

16

PRP

TR

PRF

PR12

20

PR11

3a

120V 12V

20

2a

R 20

1

BL

BL

SW1 1a

PRF VR FF

F1

FP BPI

9a

PR21

L RGC

CR RGD

GY 20

W/BK

13a 16

14a

RGB PR3

C RSI

16a W/R

RSE SW2

6

120V 12V

20

CSW 1

2

2a

W/R

BE EUE C

20

10

WTH

BR

18

12

R

16

IUE

BL

34

13

ST3 PTH

IDE

4

4A

W/BL W/R

DRM

4

OL

11

20

20

LDL (White)

16 OL

7 8

W

20 UM LM BL

11 W/Y

BL

CSW

4a

20

20

20

1a

5 BR 20

31

14 15

BR

18

16

GY

18

W/R

20

16

EDE

TLH (Red) (Optional)

BL

TSW

9

RGA

ST2

W 16

14

GY

W/BL

16

BPU

10a 11a

12

M

W/Y

16 BL

PR11 PR24

W/R

LDT 20

4

TP6

W/R 20

8a

W/R

W/R

PRP

PR12

TP5

W

16

7a

2 3

20

W/BK

16

6a

U

TP4

1

BR 16

5a

BR 20

I

TP3

20

16

4a

VRF

TP2

20

16

W/R

3a

PR23

TP1

W/R 18 W

20

SW2

1a 2a

CF

20

TR

2

BR

20

20

M

ONL (White)

GY 20

SW2

7a

2a TSW BL

W/BL 18

CFT 20

78Ω

20

BR

7

LOWER OVEN

W/R 20

GY

20

BL

1

1a CSW

HBL/HBN 65

CONV. ROAST

1 2

CONV. BAKE CONV. BROIL

3

THAW

4 5

BAKE

6

BROIL

6a

7a

8a

9a 10a 11a 12a 13a

13

PR3-C

PR3-RGA

CR-RGD

CR-RGC

11 12

14 15

16

17

18

15a 16a

HBL/HBN 66

I-U

5a

10

PRE-RSE

9

PR3-RSI

8

PR3-RV

7

PR3-RGB

6

19

20

18a 19a 20a

TSW

SW2

16CH/112

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X

7

SELF CLEAN

5

X X X X X

X X X X X X

X X

X

X X X

X X

DOWN OVEN

X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X

X

MANUAL

R

21

4

5

6

7

8

9

3a

4a

5a

6a

7a

8a

9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a

L

X X X

10

11 12

13

14 15

X X X X X

X

12 18

X X

X

1

2

4

1a

2a

4a

O (OFF) > 0÷500ºF SELF CLEAN X X

X

POS.

CSW

16

X X

X X X X X

11

P2

UPPER OVEN

3

2a

14 WTH1

W/BK

18 22

2

2

1a

4CH/259

18 WTH2

P1

18

1

O R

UP OVEN

ER W/R

POS.

OFF

0

4

PR22-MV

3a

BPI-BPU

2a

PR21-L

1a

PR24-VR

POS.

SW1

PR23-VRF

3

FI-FF

2

DIAGRAM #53

FI-FV

FI-FP

1

PR11-PRF

PR12-PRP

A B

R 20 R 20 BL BL

11a 12a

RGC

CR

RGD

13a

RGA

15a

C

16a

RV

PR3

RSI 16

18a 19a

R

TSW

RSE I

8a CFT

W/R

18

R

R

20

C

BL

BR

IUE

15

18

16

18

17

18

BR

18

18

GY

PTH 31

20

20

16 BL

EDE W/BK

W/Y

20 W/R 20 W

20 W

20

SW1

LM

BL

34

IDE

20

R

20 UM

18

1a GY 20

1

20 W/R

BE : Broil element, 1750W, 1750W C : Catalyst, 150W CF : Cooling fan CFT : Cooling fan thermostat CSW : Clean switch DRM : Door microswitch DWM : Down microswitch EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W ER : Energy regulator EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V) LDL : Locking door warning light LDT : Locking door thermostat LM : Locking motor MTB : Main terminal block OL : Oven lamp 12V-20W ONL : On/Off warning light PR : Programmer PTH : Pyrolytic thermostat RB : Relay board RE : Ring element, 2500W, 2500W ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000 STB : Service terminal block SW : Switch-commutator THL : Thermostat warning light TP : Test point TSW : Timer switch commutator TR : Transformer 120V-12V, 40W UM : Up microswitch WM : Working motor WTH : Working thermostat

W/Y

CSW 20 W

W/R

16 BK

ONL (White)

5a

11

11a

14

14a

13

13a

4

4a

3

3a

RB

20

BL 24 20 21 ST1

FP FV FF PR23

VRF

PR24

VR

PR21

L

BPI

BPU

10a PR22

MV

2 3

W/BK

GY 20

ST2

12a 13a

16

RGC

TSW

OL

CR

RGD RGA

1a

1

W

15a

W/R

16a

PR3

18a 19a 20a

BR 20

W/Y

20

20

P1 11 16 BL

EUE 18

12

W/R

18

13

R

16

C

IUE

IDE

18 18

BR

18

GY

18

20

TLH (Red)

2

P2

EDE

WTH2

BR

34

W/BK

18

4

M

W/BL

31 16

PTH

BL

18 W/BK 21

4a

BL ST3

22

R

WIRE COLOR CODE W/R

20 1

1a W/R

20

20

WM

11

20

ER

BE

31

SW1 20 20 GY 20

W/R WTH1 14

RE WTH3

32

W/R

W/Y

DRM 2

2a

16 12

9

RGB 14 15 C 16 RV 17 RSI 18 RSE 19 U 20

LM

W/R

20 UM BL

HDL (White)

BL

CSW

OL

6

8

20 M

W/Y

W/BL W 16

5

10

14 11

TP6

20 16 120V 12V

39Ω 20 BR 11a

12 LDT

20

4

7

W

GY

PRP

TP5

20 W/R

18

PR12

TP4

18

9a

TP3

18 W/R

CF

1

16

W/BL 16

8a

TP2

20

W/R 20

7a

TP1 W/BL 18

BR 16

PRF

F1 6a

STB 1

W/R

PR11

5a

3

W/R 18

TR

20 W/BL

3a

L1

2

15a

W

GY 20

2a

GN 14

20

20

15 TSW

ONL (White)

20

SW2

1a

16 W/R

16 SW2 20

L2

3

1

DWM

M

BR

N

4

20

20 BL

L

20

7a

5

2

BR CFT 10 78Ω

7

2a TSW

16

NOT CONNECTED FOR 240V

R 16

E3

16

LOWER OVEN

16

BK

E5

BK BR

16 W/BL

L1

E4 BL 20

6

GN 14

CONNECTED FOR 208V

CV

F1

20

16 BK

F2

20 GY

20 W

PR

20 BR

TP6

GN 14 20 BK

N

16 BK

TP5

MTB 16

10a

10

W/R

TP4

12 AWG 12 AWG

12a

20

W/BK 16

6a

5

R

20

W/BL

6 12

20

20

TSW 16 16a

BL 24 20 21 ST1

R

10 AWG

16

14 AWG

DWM 16 BK

BL

TP3

W/R 18

TSW

2

TP2

TP1

W/BL 18

CSW

BR

20 W CF

16

M

16 BL

78Ω

20 W

R 16

SW1

20 W/BL

18

LDL (White)

BR

20 7a

16

11

13

WM

16

20

M

12

ST2 7

20 BR

14 THL (Red)

19

U

20a

W/BK

8

EUE

39Ω 18

14

RGB

31

20

W/Y

BE

WTH3

W/R 20

10

MV

32

20

9

BPU

PR22

OL 20

DRM

20

LDT

20

8

20

BPI

20 BR

7

GY 11 12

RE

OL

W/R

L

16

20

VR

PR21

GY

4

VRF

PR24

W/BL

6

4a

PR23

5

R

20

10a

20 GY

R

9a

FF

BR

2

BL

FV

2a

W

16

8a

16

4

16

7a

CSW 7

W 18

CSW

20 BR

TSW 7a

3

16

6a

1 2

FP

16

PRP

5a

20 BL

BL 20

PRF

PR12

F1

16 BK

GY 20

PR11

20

3a

20

2a

120V 12V

TR

SW1

1a R16

20

CSW

R

Red

22

W BK BL

White Black

99 00

Blue

BR GY

Brown

66 11 90

Gray

GN

Green

W/BL White/Blue W/BK White/Black W/R White/Red W/Y White/Yellow

55 69 09 29 49

NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE THE WIRE SIZE

>

S

H

H2

2

P1

4

N2.4

N31.S

N2.2

N1.4 N1.4A

S H1

H

N32

4 4A

H2

N1.2 N34.S N32.S

N4.P2

4A

H30 N3.4A

E30

N3.4

4

4

2

N33

>

E3

P1

P1

2

N4.4

N3.2

N31.S N33.S N4.2

H

S

H4

N34

S

E4

H

H3

N4.P1

N34.S

>

E30

H30

X7.4 N33.2 X7.2 N3.S1

N2.S1 N3.P1

X7.3 N32.2 X7.1

N4.S1 N3.S1

N1.S1 N2.S1 H1–4 X7.4 N34.2A X7.2 N33.S

N31.4

H7

4

3

2

1

P2 4 P1

P2 4 P1

2

N3.4

N3.4

N3

N2.S2

N32.4

N2

N4.S2 N3.S2

N34.4

N4

N1.S2 N2.S2

N1.4

N33.4 E30.4A

4

P2 4 P1

S1 S2

2

S1 S2

2

E1.4

N1.4

N1

H7 N4.S2

N1.S2

N1.P2 N2.P2 N3.P2 N4.P2

N1.P1 N2.P1 N3.P1 N4.P1

E10.4A

4

P2 4 P1

S1 S2

4A

2

S1 S2

4A

H10

H7 X7.3 N31.2 X7.1

N4.S1

N1.P2

X7 GND

L2

L1

X7

NKT 72

Terminal Block

Element 1000W Element 1300W Element 1500W Element 1500W Element 800W Element 17 00W Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp

E1 E10 E2 E3 E30 E4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H7 H10 H30 N1 N2 N3 N4 N31

SYMBOL KEY

173—76866-011

E2

E10

E1

>

2

4

P1

H10

N31

H3

H1

N34.H

N33.H

H4

N32.H

N31.H

NOTE: Front edge, viewing bottom of cooktop.

DIAGRAM #54

A B

2

E1 E10 E2 E3 E30 E4

Element Element Element Element Element Element

SYMBOL KEY

1

GND 3 L2 4

X7

4

5

H3

6

15 17 21 23 25 29

7

H4

N33 H N34

S

CURRENT PATH

1000W 1300W 1500W 1600W 800W 1700W

3

H2

H

N31 H N32

H1

S

S

X7

2

L1 1

H

S

9

10

S2

11

H7

13

2

2

P1

14

1 3 5 7 11 19 27

16

19

20

22

4

Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator Terminal Block

X7

NKT 72

23

24

1

9/15/17 10/21 11/23/25 12/29

4

28

P2

4

4

P1

2

2

P1

29

N4

N34

E4

N34

N4

P>

31

29 7

23 5

21 3

15 1

CURRENT PATH

30

N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp

SYMBOL KEY

27

H30

26

4A

4A

25

N3

E30

CURRENT PATH

21

N1 N2 N3 N4

SYMBOL KEY

17

N2

N3

N33

P2

4

E3

P2

N32

E2

P1

2

2

P1

P2

18

H10

N33

N3

P>

4

4

4A

4A

P1

2

2

P1

4

N1

E10

N32

N2

P>

4

4

15

N1

E1

N31 4P1

N1

P>

CURRENT PATH

12

S2

S1

Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp

SYMBOL KEY H1 H2 H3 H4 H7 H10 H30

8

S2

S2

S1

N1 N2 N3 N4

S1

S1

A B DIAGRAM #55 173—76866—012

>

4 4A

S H1

H

S

H

H2

2

P1

4

N2.4

N32

N1.4 N1.4A

2

P1

H10

N31.S

N2.2

N1.2 N35.S N32.S

E50

E5

>

H5

4 4A

4A

S H5

2

H50

N5.4 N5.4A

H

P1

4 N5.2 N31.S N33.S

N4.P1

N33.S

H4 H S

N34 E40

N35

H40

N4.4A

N35.H

N4.P2

N33.H

H3

H4

N34.H

N3.4

2

S

H3

4

P1

H

N33

N4.4

N4.2

N35.S N34.S N3.2

4 2 4

P1

>

E4

>

E3

N33.2 N3.S1 N2.P1

N5.S1 N3.S1 N2.P2

N35.4

2

P2 4 P1

2

E5.4 E50.4A

4

P2 4 P1

P2 4 P1

S1 S2

4A

2

S1 S2

2

N4.4

E4

N4

N1.S2 N2.S2

N1.4

N32.4

N3

N5.S2

N5.4

N5.4

N5

N2.S2 N3.S2

N32.4

N2

N4.S2 N5.S2

N34.4 E40.4A S1 S2

4A

P2 4 P1

S1 S2

2

E1.4

N1.4

N1

H7 N4.S2

N1.S2

N2.P2 N4.P2 N1.P2 N5.P2

N1.P1 N5.P1 N2.P1 N4.P1

E10.4A

4

P2 4 P1

S1 S2

H7

4

3

2

1

4A

H50

X7.4 N35.2 X7.1

N2.S1 N3.S1

N4.S1 N5.S1 N3.P2 X7.3 N32.2 X7.2 N3.P1

E40

H40

N1.S1 N2.S1 H1–5 X7.3 N34.2A X7.2 N33.S

N31.4

H10

H7 X7.4 N31.2 X7.1

N4.S1

N1.P2

X7 GND

L2

L1 Element 1000W Element 1300W Element 1500W Element 1700W Element 1600W Element 800W Element 1000W Element 1000W Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator, Dual Zone

X7

NKT 92

Terminal Block

N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N35 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp

E1 E10 E2 E3 E4 E40 E5 E50 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H10 H40 H50 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5

SYMBOL KEY 173—76865—011

E2

E10

E1

>

4

N31

H2

H1

N32.H

N31.H

NOTE: Front edge, viewing bottom of cooktop.

DIAGRAM #56

A B

2

3

E1 E10 E2 E3 E4 E40 E5 E50

Element Element Element Element Element Element Element Element

SYMBOL KEY

1

GND 3 L2 4

X7

H2

H

N31 H N32

H1

S

S

X7

2

L1 1

5

6

7

H4

H

S

S

8

15 17 21 23 25 27 31 33

9

H5

S2

S2

S1

10

11

H7

12

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H10 H40 H50

13

2

2

P1

14 1 3 5 7 9 11 19 29 35

17

18

19

4

21

23

Terminal Block

X7

NKT 92

E4

24

P2

4

4

P1

2

2

P1

25

N4

N34

P2

4

4

N4

P>

N34

P1

2

2

P1

1

9/15/17 10/21 11/23 12/25/27 13/31/33

CURRENT PATH Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator, Dual Zone

22

N3

N33

E3

N33

N3

P>

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5

SYMBOL KEY

20

N2

N32

E2

P2

16

H10

P2

4

4A

4A

P1

2

2

P1

4

N1

E10

N32

N2

P>

4

4

15

N1

E1

N31 4P1

N1

P>

CURRENT PATH

S2

S1

Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp

SYMBOL KEY

N35 H

CURRENT PATH

1000W 1300W 1500W 1700W 1600W 800W 1000W 1000W

4

H3

N33 H N34

S

S2

S2

S1

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5

S1

S1

26

28

29

H40

30

P1 4

2

2

P1

4

4A

4A

H50

N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N35 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp

31 9

29 7

23 5

21 3

15 1

CURRENT PATH

31

P2

4

N5

E5 4 E50

N5

SYMBOL KEY

4

4A

4A

27

N4

E40

N35

N5

P>

A B DIAGRAM #57 173—76865—012

G

L

N

Chassis Ground

GN

OR = orange

WH = white

BU = blue

GN = green

YE = yellow

RD = red

BK = black

Blower Motor

WH RD

BK

WH

BU

Switch Control Board (lower)

OR

WH

YE

BK Gear Motor

BK

DHD 865/965

Switchboard (upper)

OR

DIAGRAM #58

A B

G

L

N

Chassis Ground

GN

BU

OR = orange

WH = white

BU = blue

GN = green

YE = yellow

RD = red

BK = black

GN WH

Triac Snubber

BK

To Remote Blower DHG 565

RD

BK

WH

BU

Switch Control Board (lower)

OR

WH

Gear Motor

BK

YE

BK

OR

Switchboard (upper)

DHD 805/905

A B DIAGRAM #59

2

4

1

f1

I2.2-

4

2

I2.4-

1

1

1

2

4

s2

e6

5

I2.4-

1M

3

m2

185˚F

NTC f5

e5

F

r1

I2.7-1 7

I2.56

4 6

5

I2.1-2

2 3

1

a1

I2.7-2

I2.1-1

e0

L1

N

ON/OFF SWITCH ACTUATOR (Dispenser) DOOR SWITCH FLOW SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH WATER LEVEL SWITCH HIGH LIMIT 185˚F CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID SERVICE CONNECTOR

N

L

1M

permanent split capacitor motor (m2)

a1 A2 e0 e5 e6 f1 f5 m2 m3 NTC r1 s2 X2

Symbol Key

SHU 33

560—2032–576

m3

1M

2

Control Module – I2

I2.8

X2

f2-f4

A2

DIAGRAM #60

A B

1 2 3 4 5 6

e0

4

2

WH-s2

GYRD-m3-L1

GNYE-r1

WH-a1-2

N

PE-3

BK-a1-4

L1

Electrical Supply – l1

1

RD-f1-1 WH-I6-2

Float Switch – e6

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

.2 2 1

.6 2 1

P

2

RD-e5-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5

Heating Element – r1

A2

.5

High Limit

1 4

2

WHRD-a1-1 WHVT-m2-3

RD-r1

RD-r1

RD-l6-1

GN-l6-5

GN-l6-4

1M

1

3

K4 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1

L1

WHVT-m2-2

GYRD-e6-4 GYRD-l6-9

Drain Motor – m3

2

1

2

4

RD-f5 WH-e6-1

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

= = = = = = = = = =

l6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

BU-l2.5-7 BU-l2.5-6 BU-l2.4-5 BU-l2.4-4 BU-l2.4-3 BU-l2.4-2

RD-l2.7-1 WH-a1-6

Wiring Connector – I6

GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4

GNYE-r1

GNYE-PE-1

Ground – PE

SHU 33

GN-NTC GN-NTC VT-s2 BU-f1-4 BK-m2-1 WHVT-e5-1 GYRD-m3-L1 BK-l6-8 WHVT-m3

Circulation Motor– m2

185˚F

f5

f2-f4

NTC

NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

.1 2 1

Flow Switch – e5

YE-l2.2-2

YE-l2.2-1

Actuator (Dispenser) – A2

WH-e6-2

VT-l6-5

Water Solenoid – s2

1

4

BU-l6-7

RD-e6-1

RD-l6-1 GYBK-a1-3

.8

WH-a1-5 WHRD-a1-1

.7 1 2

BU-I6-4 BU-I6-5

I2. .4

YE-A2 YE-A2

Water Level Switch – f1

GNYE-r1

On/Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0

WHRD-I2.1-1 WHRD-e5-1 WH-l1-N GYBK-l2.7-2 BK-l1-L1 WH-I2.1-2 WH-I6-2 BU-I2.4-1

BU-I6-6 BU-I6-7 BU-I6-8 BU-I6-9 BU-a1-6

Control Module– I2

A B DIAGRAM #61 560—2032–576

2

4

3

6

MAIN SWITCH 2 ACTUATOR (Dispenser) 9 DOOR SWITCH 3 FLOW SWITCH 11 FLOAT SWITCH 7 WATER LEVEL SWITCH 5 THERMOSTAT 135˚F 8 THERMOSTAT 149˚F 6 current path

4

f4

149˚F

2

1

7

HIGH LIMIT 185˚F ON/OFF LAMP TIMER MOTOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID TIMER CONTACTS

Symbol Key

5

s2

4

f5 h1 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 u–

4

1

b

a1 A2 e0 e5 e6 f1 f3 f4

3

1

h1

2

f1

a

u5

e6

1

5

A2

3

b

u3

f3

11 4 12 13 10 11 5 – current path

8

b3

4

a

b1

2

9

135˚F

10

1M

m3

2

F

e5 1 4

r1

11

b1 & b3 b1 & b2 b3

POWER SCRUB REGULAR RINSE & HOLD

f5

185˚F

12

1M

m1

a

b

a

Selector Switch Contacts

PTC

b

u6

u4

m2

N

L

1M

permanent split capacitor motor (m2)

a

SHU 3032/3036

13

1M

b

u2

5600 00 2809

Symbol Key

e0

a1

1 2 current path

N

L1

DIAGRAM #62

A B

PE-3

WH-a1-2

N

GNYE-r1

BK-a1-4

L1

m1

L1

RD-e5-4 GNYE-I1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5

Heating Element – r1

1

P

2

4

High Limit

185˚F

f5

149˚F

f4

GY-l6-1

WH-f4

BU-l6-4

VT-s2

RD-r1

WHRD-l6-9

GN-l6-6

h1 a1

GYRD-m3-L1

WH-e5-2 WH-f1-4

Thermostats – f4 & f5

BURD-m3

VT-f1-2

2

4

RD-l6-5

Water Level Switch – f1

BURD-m2-2 BURD-s2

1

e0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Float Switch – e6

WHRD-A2

GYBK-e5-1

BK-m2-1 GYRD-I6-8

VT-b-3

YE-b-1

RD-A2

GYRD-l6-8 GYRD-e6-4

Drain Motor – m3

1M

Water Solenoid – s2

GY-e6-2

GN-f4 RD-e6-1 BU-f1-1 WH-e5-2

GNYE-r1 GNYE-PE-6

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Electrical Supply – l1

GY-u-5

GN-u-5b RD-a1-3 BU-u-5a WH-u-6a

WHRD-a1-1 GYRD-u-4b

WHRD-f5 BURD-m2 GYRD-m3-L1

Wiring Connector – l6

WHVT-a1-3

WH-b-5 WH-I6-3

GY-l6-1

BU-l6-4

GN-I6-6 GN-f3

5b 5a 5 6a 6

6b

3b 3a 3 4b 4a 4

2b 2a 2

GN-u-5b GN-b-4

BU-b-2

2

WH-f4 WH-l6-3

RD-r1

1M

1

2

3

K1 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1

BK-u-2b BURD-m3 BURD-l6-9

WHRD-u-m1 WHRD-a1-1

RD-u-3b

1

2

4

5

6

BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK

= = = = = = = = = =

black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink

GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4

GNYE-r1

GNYE-PE-1

GNYE-PE-1

GNYE-s2

Ground – PE

A2

Actuator (Dispenser) – A2

Circulation Motor – m2

1

4

Flow Switch – e5

161˚F

1 2 3 4 5

Selector Switch – b

Thermostat – f3

On / Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0

WHRD-l6-9 WHRD-A2 WH-l1-N WHVT-u-4 RD-l6-5 BK-l1-L1

Timer – u

YE-u-3a BU-f3 VT-u-3 GN-f3 WH-u-6a

SHU 3032/3036

A B DIAGRAM #63 5600 00 2830

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

8

7

6

P 149˚F/149˚F R O 135˚F/149˚F G 149˚F/149˚F R A 135˚F/149˚F M

WASH/RINSE

OPERATION

TIMER POSITION

TIME IN SECONDS

C O N T A C T S

T I 2 M 3 E 4 R 5

a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b

PRE-WASH

PRE-WASH

WASH W/ HEAT

PRE-RINSE

RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING

TIMING KEY (TIME FOR SENSOR TO BE SATISFIED)

Circulation Motor Thermostat 135˚F Actuator Heating Element Drain Motor Water Solenoid Thermostat 149˚F Timer Motor

= DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING R = DETERGENT DISPENSING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING T = DRYING

SHU 303X

Rinse & Hold

Regular (Reg Temp)

Regular (High Temp)

Power Scrub (Reg Temp)

Power Scrub (High Temp)

5600 03 5985

P F U H

OPERATION KEY

RINSE STALL

149˚

135˚

WASH STALL

149˚

149˚

f3 = 135˚ THERMOSTAT f4 = 149˚ THERMOSTAT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 f1 = WATER LEVEL SWITCH

30 f1+4 56 30 30 f1+30 150 180 30 30 f1+4 56 30 30 f1+30 150 180 60 30 30 30 30 f1+30 150 f3/f4+4 176 1260 180 180 60 30 30 30 30 f1+30 150 180 30 30 30 30 f1+30 30 60 60 f4+60 180 60 30 90 180 180 180 30

P F F+U P+U P F F+U U P+U P F F+U P+U P F F+U U U P+U P F+U P F F+U+R U+H U U U U U P+U P F+U P F F+U U P+U P F+U P F F+U F+U F+U U+H F+U+K U+H P T T T T P

1

DIAGRAM #64

B

FOR MODELS: SHI 4302 6802 6806

4306 6805

BOSCH Dishwasher Repair Manual Effective: December 1, 1998

SHU 3002 3012 4002 4016 4026 4302 4312 5302 5305 5312 5315 6802 6806

3006 3016 4006 4022 4036 4306 4316 5304 5306 5314 5316 6805

4303

4803

SHV

BSH Home Appliances 2800 South 25th Avenue Broadview, Illinois 60153

1st Edition/Rev. 0-A

Introduction This Repair Manual is designed to assist you in the evaluation, diagnosis and repair of the current SHI, SHU and SHV model dishwasher series. To better understand these appliances, their operation and construction we suggest that you read this manual thoroughly before attempting any repairs.

All information is current at the time of printing.

H

1

Table of Contents Description

Page

Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Warranty / Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Model / Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 7 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Operation, SHU 3002 / 3006 / 3012 / 3016 / 4002 / 4006 / 4016 / 4022 / 4026 / 4036 . Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation, SHI 4302 / 4306 — SHU 4302 / 4306 / 4312 / 4316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation, SHU 5302 / 5304 / 5305 / 5306 / 5312 / 5314 / 5315 / 5316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation, SHI / SHU 6802 / 6805 / 6806 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Section 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 – 21 Interior Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 – 25 Detergent / Rinse-Agent Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Washability / Drying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

SERVICE REMINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Outer Door Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Dispenser Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Dispenser Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Fascia Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 – 35 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Section 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Base Components – Front Accessible: Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Circulation Motor Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Leveling Legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Water Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Drain Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 — 41

H

2

Table of Contents SERVICE REMINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Description

Page

Section 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Left Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Left Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 – 47 Water Inlet / Discharge System – Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Section 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Right Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Right Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 NTC Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 NTC Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 – 57 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Section 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Tank Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 – 62 Base Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Circulation Pump / Motor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Circulation Pump / Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Heater Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Heater Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Aqua Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Door Spring Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Section 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Wiring Diagrams / Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(see Tech Manual) Test Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(see Test Programs)

H

3

Section 1 Description

Page

Warranty / Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Model / Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 7 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

H

4

Warranty / Technical Specifications Warranty 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd – 5th Year 3rd – 5th Year

Parts & Labor. Parts only. Electronic Boards, parts only. Racks, parts only. This does not include rack wheels; silverware baskets or plastic shelving.

Lifetime Stainless Steel. Must receive a special authorization before attempting any repairs or replacement. Cosmetic items, Facia and Door Panels are only warranted against manufacturing defects. In the event of a scratch or dent have the customer contact the Customer Service Department. CUSTOMER SERVICE 800-944-2904 TECHNICAL SERVICE 888-522-6724

Technical Specifications Electrical Requirements Rating Dedicated Circuit Total Amps (load rated)

120V / 60Hz 15 Amp 11 Amp

Water Supply Suggested Incoming Temp. PSI Min / Max Water Connection

Component Values Component Water Valve Drain Motor Circulation Motor NTC PTC (actuator) Heater

140° f 20 / 60 3/8” Copper or Flexible Stainless Steel

Ohms* 1K 16 10 55K at room temp. (75° f) 200 10.5

Amperage — .75 1.25 — — 9.75

Other — — — Resistance decreases as temperature increases — 1200 watts

*always disconnect both component leads before measuring for resistance. Electrical Warning: To avoid personal injury and/or property damage it is important that safe servicing practices and procedures are observed at all times. Disconnect the electrical service before attempting any repairs, and live tests are to be performed by experienced and qualified service personnel only.

H

5

Model / Serial Number Location

Fig. 1-1

Fig. 1-2

Located on the right hand side of the Inner Door is the Model and Serial number tag, Fig. 1-1. The Model and Serial numbers can be found on the left side of the tag within the black outline box, Fig. 1-2. The Model Number for this unit is SHU 5312 UC/U06. Located just under the Model Number is the ten-digit Serial Number. The Serial Number for this unit is FD 7801 123456.

Service note: A second Model and Serial number tag is located on the Base, see Section 5, Fig. 10-1.

H

6

Product Overview The Bosch dishwasher utilizes a two motor system with separate Circulation and Drain Motors, and a Flow Through Heater controlled by a Flow Switch and NTC Thermistor. With some models also having the advanced logic feature of an Aqua Sensor turbidity measuring devise, Fig. 2-1. • A two motor system allows each motor to be designed for a single function, thus reducing overall size and energy consumption. While also reducing operating noise. • The Flow-Through Heater allows a shorter heating cycle since all water must pass through the Heater, increasing water temperature by approximately two degrees a minute. To protect the heater from dry fire, the Flow Switch will not allow the Heater to activate unless water is flowing. • Water temperature is controlled by the NTC (negative temperature coefficient). As water temperature increases the NTC records the decrease in resistance. The Control Unit Logic Board measures this resistance change and allows the program to advance once the correct temperature (resistance level) is reached. • The Aqua Sensor turbidity measuring device, which is available only on select models, evaluates the pre-wash water using a beam of light and a pick-up sensor. If the beam passes easily through the pre-wash water then no additional wash water is added. If the beam cannot pass through, then the pre-wash water is drained and a fresh fill is added for the main wash cycle. The heated water then advances through the system via a four level wash system that uses both an upper and lower spray arm as well as an overhead sprayer, Fig. 2-2.

Aqua Sensor NTC Flow Through Heater Upper Spray Arm

Flow Switch

Lower Spray Arm

Circulation Motor / Pump Impeller Cover

Drain Motor

Fig. 2-1

H

7

Product Overview Overhead Spray

Coupling Upper Spray Arm

Feed Tube

Lower Spray Arm

Aqua Sensor Sump

Fig. 2-2

Flow Through Heater

H

8

Notes

H

9

Section 2 Description

Page

Operation, SHU 3002 / 3006 / 3012 / 3016 / 4002 / 4006 / 4016 / 4022 / 4026 / 4036 . 10 Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Operation, SHI 4302 / 4306 SHU 4302 / 4306 / 4312 / 4316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Operation, SHU 5302 / 5304 / 5305 / 5306 / 5312 / 5314 / 5315 / 5316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Operation, SHI & SHU 6802 / 6805 / 6806 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

H

10

Operation SHU 3002/3006/3012/3016/4002/4006/4016/4022/4026/4036

Fig. 3-1

Fig. 3-2

The SHU 30** and 40** are both mechanical units that operate using a basic Timer and Selector Switch. TO OPERATE EITHER MODEL, (a SHU 4006 is shown): Fig. 3-2. First select a cycle by pushing the corresponding Cycle Button in. The Cycle Button remains in the indented position until another cycle is chosen. Now, depress the On/Off Button until it locks in place and the On LED illuminates. Note:

The On lamp will remain illuminated until the On/Off Button is depressed a second time turning the unit off. If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off and must again be depressed to re-active the unit.

Fig. 3-1. Then, turn the Timer Knob slowly clockwise to the start position and release. You will hear the Drain Motor activate. The Timer Knob will continue to advance clockwise back to the twelve O’clock position until the cycle is complete.

Please note: During the Rinse & Hold Cycle the Timer Knob will only advance to the two O’clock position and then stop, indicating the end of the Rinse & Hold cycle.

H

11

Cycle Chart SHU 3002/3006/3012/3016/4002/4006/4016/4022/4026/4036

Type of dishware e.g. china, pots/pans, Non-delicutlery, cate glasses, etc.

Mixed

Type of food remains

Soups, casseroles, sauces, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food

Amount of food remains

a lot

Condition of food remains

stuck on hard

Wash cycle Cycle sequence

Delicate

Mixed

Soups, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food

Coffee, cakes, milk, salami, cold drinks, salads

a lot

a little

a little

very little

loosely attached

Power Scrub

Regular Wash

Delicate Wash

Rinse & Hold

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-wash

Pre-wash

Wash 140˚F

Wash 161˚F

Wash 140˚F

Rinse

Rinse

Rinse

Rinse-aid 161˚F

Rinse-aid 161˚F

Rinse-aid 161˚F

Drying

Drying

Drying

85

78

70

10

6.55

6.55

5.36

1.19

24.75

24.75

20.25

4.5

Cycle details Duration in minutes Water consumption in gallons Water consumption in liters

Shown above are the range of values that may be obtained while running the dishwasher under normal conditions. Actual values may vary. The actual cycle duration, water and energy usage are dependent upon inlet water temperature.

Delicate cycle not used on SHU 3002/3006/3012/3016

H

12

Operation SHI 4302/4306

SHU 4302/4306/4312/4316

Fig. 3-3

Fig. 3-4

The SHI or SHU 43** series operates using an electronic Control Unit. TO OPERATE: Fig. 3-3. First depress the On/Off Button until it locks in place. Fig. 3-4. Once the On/Off Button is depressed the LED above the previously used cycle will illuminate. To change the cycle, simply press the desired Cycle Button twice. The LED above that cycle will then illuminate. As the program advances the Cycle Progress LED’s will illuminate (wash, rinse / dry). When the cycle is complete the Clean LED will be illuminated. TO CANCEL A CYCLE: Press the Power Scrub Plus and Regular Wash Buttons both in at the same time. The unit will then drain and the Clean LED will illuminate.

Please note: If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off andmust be depressed again to re-active the cycle. The cycle will resume from where it left off.

H

13

Cycle Chart SHI 4302/4306

Type of dishware e.g. china, pots/pans, Non-delicutlery, cate glasses, etc.

Mixed

Type of food remains

Soups, casseroles, sauces, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food

Amount of food remains

a lot

Condition of food remains

stuck on hard

Wash cycle Cycle sequence

Duration in minutes Water consumption in gallons Water consumption in liters

Delicate

Mixed

Soups, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food

Coffee, cakes, milk, salami, cold drinks, salads

a lot

a little

a little

very little

loosely attached

Power Scrub Plus

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Rinse & Hold

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-wash 125˚F

Wash 150˚F

Wash 140˚F

Wash 161˚F

First Rinse

Rinse

First Rinse

Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F

Rinse-aid 161˚F

Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F Cycle details

SHU 4302/4306/4312/4316

Drying

Drying

Drying 99

85

80

10

7.1

6

5.4

1.2

26.9

22.7

20.4

4.5

Shown above are the range of values that may be obtained while running the dishwasher under normal conditions. Actual values may vary. The actual cycle duration, water and energy usage are dependent upon inlet water temperature.

H

14

Operation SHU 5302/5304/5305/5306/5312/5314/5315/5316

Fig. 3-5

Fig. 3-6

The SHU 53** series operates using an electronic Control Unit. TO OPERATE: Fig. 3-5. First depress the On/Off Button until it locks in place. Fig. 3-6. Once the On/Off Button is depressed the LED above the previously used cycle will illuminate. To change the cycle, simply press the desired Cycle Button twice. The LED above that cycle will then illuminate. The Cycle Countdown will display an approximate run time for the cycle chosen. This run time will depend on incoming water temperature and the turbidity of the pre-wash water. Note:

It is normal for the Countdown Display to remain at a time increment for more than one minute, or skip a time increment depending on the calculations of the Control Unit. Also, with continued use the Control Unit will learn the wash and temperature patterns for the most commonly used programs and will then reduce the overall start and running times.

At the end of the cycle the display will show a CL, indicating that the cycle is complete. TO CANCEL A CYCLE: Press the Scrub Wash and Delicate / Econo Buttons both in at the same time. The unit will then drain and the figure CL will appear in the display. DELAY START: The Delay Start feature allows the unit to be delayed for up to nine hours. To program, start the unit as described above, but after selecting a cycle push the Delay Start button. The display will show a 1h, or one-hour delay. Continue to depress the Delay Start Button until the desired delay time is reached (up to nine hours, 9h). The unit will begin automatically once the delay time has elapsed. To reset the delay, press the Delay Start Button until it reaches 0h. REFILL RINSE AGENT LED: The Refill Rinse Agent LED is activated via a Reed Switch on the Detergent Dispenser, Section 4, Fig. 8-3. The LED will illuminate when the Rinse Agent Dispenser is empty. Service note:

The Refill Rinse Agent LED will also illuminate when the dishwasher door is opened and then closed even if the Dispenser is full, but will only remain lit for a few seconds.

“F” CODE: An “F” in the display window indicates a filling fault, see Section 6, Fig. 12-1 through Fig.12-6. Please note:

If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off and must be depressed again to re-active the cycle. The cycle will resume from where it left off.

H

15

Cycle Chart SHU 5302/5304/5305/5306/5312/5314/5315/5316

Type of dishware e.g. china, pots/pans, Non-delicutlery, cate glasses, etc.

Mixed

Type of food remains

Soups, casseroles, sauces, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food

Amount of food remains

a lot

Condition of food remains

stuck on hard

Wash cycle Cycle sequence

Duration in minutes Water consumption in gallons Water consumption in liters

Mixed

Soups, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food

Coffee, cakes, milk, salami, cold drinks, salads

a lot

a little

a little

very little

loosely attached

Power Scrub Plus

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Delicate/ Economy

Rinse & Hold

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-wash 125˚F

Wash 140˚F

Wash 150˚F

Wash 140˚F

Rinse

Wash 161˚F

First Rinse

Rinse

Rinse-aid 155˚F

First Rinse

Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F

Rinse-aid 161˚F

Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F Cycle details

Delicate

Drying

Drying

Drying

Drying 99

85

80

70

10

7.1/5

6/4.2

5.4/3.8

3.6/2.5

1.2/0.8

26.9/18.9

22.7/15.9

20.4/14.4

13.5/9.5

4.5/3.2

The Bosch Sensotronic™ will reduce water consumption by approximately 20%, in the case of lightly soiled dishes. When Top Rack Only™ feature is used the water consumption is reduced approximately 30%. Shown above are the range of values that may be obtained while running the dishwasher under normal conditions. Actual values may vary. The actual cycle duration, water and energy usage are dependent upon inlet water temperature and amount of soil on dishware.

H

16

Operation SHI/SHU 6802/6805/6806

Fig. 3-7

Fig. 3-8

The SHI / SHU 68** series operates using an electronic Control Unit. TO OPERATE: Fig. 3-7. First depress the On/Off Button until it locks in place. Fig. 3-8. Once the On/Off Button is depressed the LED above the previously used cycle will illuminate. To change the cycle, simply press the desired Cycle Button twice. The LED above that cycle will then illuminate. The Cycle Countdown will display an approximate run time for the cycle chosen. This run time will depend on incoming water temperature and the turbidity of the pre-wash water. Note:

It is normal for the Countdown Display to remain at a time increment for more than one minute, or skip a time increment depending on the calculations of the Control Unit. Also, with continued use the Control Unit will learn the wash and temperature patterns for the most commonly used programs and will then reduce the overall start and running times.

At the end of the cycle the display will show a CL, indicating that the cycle is complete. TO CANCEL A CYCLE: Press the Scrub Wash and Delicate / Econo Buttons both in at the same time. The unit will then drain and the figure CL will appear in the display. DELAY START: The Delay Start feature allows the unit to be delayed for up to nine hours. To program, start the unit as described above, but after selecting a cycle push the Delay Start button. The display will show a 1h, or one-hour delay. Continue to depress the Delay Start Button until the desired delay time is reached (up to nine hours, 9h). The unit will begin automatically once the delay time has elapsed. To reset the delay, press the Delay Start Button until it reaches 0h. TOP RACK ONLY: The Top Rack Only feature can be used in conjunction with any cycle. To active, press the Top Rack Only Button after selecting a cycle, the Top Rack Only LED will illuminate and all water will be diverted to the upper wash arm for the complete cycle. REFILL RINSE AGENT LED: The Refill Rinse Agent LED is activated via a Reed Switch on the Detergent Dispenser, Section 4, Fig. 8-3. The LED will illuminate when the Rinse Agent Dispenser is empty. Service note:

The Refill Rinse Agent LED will also illuminate when the dishwasher door is opened and then closed even if the Dispenser is full, but will only remain lit for a few seconds.

“F” CODE: An “F” in the display window indicates a filling fault, see Section 6, Fig. 12-1 through Fig.12-6. Please note:

If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off and must be depressed again to re-active the cycle. The cycle will resume from where it left off.

H

17

Cycle Chart SHI/SHU 6802/6805/6806

Type of dishware e.g. china, pots/pans, Non-delicutlery, cate glasses, etc.

Mixed

Type of food remains

Soups, casseroles, sauces, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food

Amount of food remains

a lot

Condition of food remains

stuck on hard

Wash cycle Cycle sequence

Duration in minutes Water consumption in gallons Water consumption in liters

Mixed

Soups, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food

Coffee, cakes, milk, salami, cold drinks, salads

a lot

a little

a little

very little

loosely attached

Power Scrub Plus

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Delicate/ Economy

Quick Wash

Rinse & Hold

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Wash 104˚F

Pre-rinse

Pre-wash 125˚F

Wash 140˚F

Wash 150˚F

Wash 140˚F

Rinse

Rinse

Wash 161˚F

First Rinse

Rinse

Rinse-aid 155˚F

Rinse-aid 140˚F

First Rinse

Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F

Rinse-aid 161˚F

Drying

Drying

Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F Cycle details

Delicate

Drying

Drying

Drying 99

85

80

70

30

10

7.1/5

6/4.2

5.4/3.8

3.6/2.5

2.7/1.9

1.2/0.8

26.9/18.9

22.7/15.9

20.4/14.4

13.5/9.5

10.5/7.4

4.5/3.2

The Bosch Sensotronic™ will reduce water consumption by approximately 20%, in the case of lightly soiled dishes. When Top Rack Only™ feature is used the water consumption is reduced approximately 30%. Shown above are the range of values that may be obtained while running the dishwasher under normal conditions. Actual values may vary. The actual cycle duration, water and energy usage are dependent upon inlet water temperature and amount of soil on dishware.

H

18

Notes

H

19

Section 3 Description

Page

Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 – 21 Interior Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 – 25 Detergent / Rinse-Agent Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Washability / Drying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

H

20

Rack System Rack configurations for individual dishwasher models will vary. However, all Racks are constructed from a steel wire grid with a gray nylon outer covering.

Note:

Racks may discolor due to the water supply or types of food remaining on the dishes. We recommend that a vinegar wash be used to assist in removing these stains. Start the unit, and let run approximately ten minutes, then pour in two cups of white vinegar and let the unit complete the cycle, repeat if necessary.

Fig. 4-1

Fig. 4-2

Fig. 4-3

On select models the Upper Rack is height adjustable. To adjust rack height, or to remove the Rack from the unit.

With the Rack fully extended. Lift up on the Rack until the Front Rollers disengage from the Rail.

Fully extend the Rack as shown in Fig. 4-2

Now bring the Rack out further and allow the Rear Wheels to disengage.

Note how the Rack Rollers are designed to ride on the outside of the Rails for a smoother operation.

Rollers:

Rack Rollers are a press fit making for easy removal and replacement.

H

21

Rack System

Fig. 4-4

Fig. 4-5

Attached to the Upper Rack is the Upper Spray Arm Assembly. The Upper Spray Arm can be removed from the Upper Spray Arm Assembly for cleaning or replacement by turning the Arm Nut counter-clockwise, Fig. 4-4. And then bringing the Arm down and off the Arm Assembly, Fig. 4-5.

H

22

Interior Features

1

2

2 7

3 4 6 5

Fig. 5-1 Interior features for all model dishwasher covered in this repair manual are identical. Those features include: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Strike Plate. The Strike Plate is in a fixed position and cannot be adjusted. Upper Rack Rails and Guide Rollers. Door Gasket Lower Spray Arm Filter Basket Filter Screen Feeder Tube Assembly

H

23

Interior Features

Fig. 5-2 The Upper Rack Rails are made of stainless steel with a plastic end cap.

Fig. 5-3 To remove the Rail, disengage the End Cap by applying outward pressure to the Cap’s top tab, unclipping it from the Rail. Then slide the Rail out from the Guide Rollers.

Fig. 5-4 The Upper Rack Guide Rollers are permanently attached to the Tank and cannot be removed or repaired.

Fig. 5-5 The Door Gasket is press fit into a channel molded around the Tank.

Fig. 5-6 To remove the Gasket, simply pull it away from the Tank Channel.

Note: Two inches of overlap are left at each end of the Gasket to insure a proper seal.

To replace, press the ribbed end firmly into the channel until secure. No sealant or glue is required.

Service tip:

To test for a bad Door Gasket, open the dishwasher door and insert a dollar bill, then close the door and pull the bill out. If the bill is snug the Gasket is good, if the bill slides out easily the Door Gasket may need to be replaced.

H

24

Interior Features

Water Level

Fig. 5-7

Fig. 5-8

Fig. 5-9

Fig. 5-10

2

1 Fig. 5-11

Fig. 5-12

2

H

25

Interior Features Fig. 5-7

The operating water level of the dishwasher is at approximately the upper edge of the filter basket.

Fig. 5-8

The Lower Spray Arm is press fit into the Feeder Tube Socket. To remove the Arm, grasp the Arm Hub and pull up until the Arm disengages from the Socket. The Arm or Arm Socket can now be checked for debris.

Fig. 5-9

The Filter Basket is removed by turning it ninety degrees counter-clockwise.

Fig. 5-10 Then lift it out for cleaning. The Filter is a fine mesh of stainless steel and should be inspected and cleaned at least once a month.

Fig. 5-11 With the Filter Basket removed, the filter screen can then be lifted out. The Filter Screen is also made of stainless steel, and was designed with rolled ends to eliminate sharp edges. It too should be inspected and cleaned at least once a month.

Fig. 5-12 With the Filter Screens removed you now have access to the sump area. The Sump has a Drain Intake on the left, and the Circulation Pump Intake on the right. A removable cover, item 1, hides the Drain Impeller. To remove the cover, remove the single T-20 Torx screw and then lift the cover off. You may now examine the Impeller for any obstructions. The Feeder Tube Assembly allows water to flow to the Lower, then Upper Spray Arms and then to the Top Sprayer Head. It is replaced as a complete assembly by first removing the two T-20 Torx screws, item 2, at its base. Then bring the tube up and off the Sump Housing, and remove it from the retaining clip located on the rear wall.

H

26

Detergent / Rinse-Agent Dispenser Located on the Inner Door is the Detergent / Rinse Agent Dispenser, Fig. 6-1. The Dispenser Housing is one assembly containing three individual components. Rinse Agent Dispenser. Detergent Cup. Steam Vent. Note: Mechanical operation and removal of the Dispenser is shown in Section 4.

Fig. 6-1 To fill or adjust the Rinse Agent Dispenser, open the Rinse Agent Door by pulling up on the Door Latch.

1

The Dosage Meter, item 1, is now visible. The Dosage Meter allows you to adjust the amount of Rinse Agent dispensed into the rinse stage of the cycle. The factory setting is three.

2 1

2

There is also an eyepiece, item 2, that provides a visual indication as to the amount of Rinse Agent remaining in the Dispenser.

Fig. 6-2 To the right of the Rinse Agent Dispenser is the Detergent Cup, item 1.

2

Once detergent has been loaded into the cup, slide the Detergent Door, item 2, closed.

1

When the door is fully closed press down on the door end to lock it.

Fig. 6-3

2 1 Fig. 6-4

A white Locking Lever, item 1, will then extend. Once closed, the detergent door may be released by pressing in on the Locking Lever. With the Detergent Door closed the Steam Vent is now visible, item 2. During the drying stage of the cycle, steam is drawn through the vent and collects in a Condensation Tube.

H

27

Washability / Drying WASHABILITY There are four factors that play a critical role in Washability: Time, Temperature, Water and Detergent. It is important when attempting to determine the cause of a Washability complaint that all four factors be considered and tested. Time:

The duration of the program is accurate (see cycle chart).

Temperature: The wash and rinse temperatures are within the desired range (see cycle chart). Water:

The unit is filling with the correct amount of water (Section 3, Fig.5-7)

Detergent:

The detergent is fresh, and not being used in excessive amounts.

Please note: Other factors such as clean filters, a properly routed drain hose, water hardness and quality, as well as loading of items will also effect Washability. DRYING As part of an energy saving design Bosch Dishwashers do not activate the Heating Element during the Drying cycle. Instead, the dishwasher utilizes a rinse temperature of up to 161° Fahrenheit, and the addition of Rinse Agent to achieve a quality drying result. HOW THIS SYSTEM FUNCTIONS: During the rinse cycle water is heated to 161° Fahrenheit, this heat is transferred to the items in the dishwasher where it is absorb and stored. During the drying portion of the cycle all dishwasher items will then radiate the stored heat, thus evaporating any water that has collected on the items surface, burning it off and converting the liquid into steam. This process of “flash drying” is assisted by the release of Rinse Agent into the rinse water. Rinse Agent is a water softener that inhibits water from collecting or pooling, allowing it to be easily evaporated. The remaining steam is vented from the interior through the Steam Vent (Fig. 6-4, item 2) where it is then collected by, and drained from the Condensation Tube (Section 4, Fig. 7-5, item 2).

Service note: When confronted with a drying complaint, make sure the Rinse Agent Dispenser is full, and the rinse water temperature is within the desired range. Please remember that the unit will not dry without Rinse Agent.

H

28

Service Reminder From this point in the manual only the technical features and components of the SHU 5312 will be demonstrated. However, due to the overwhelming similarities between the model SHU 5312 and the remaining Bosch Dishwasher line, you will be able to easily diagnose and repair all current Bosch model SHU, SHI and SHV Dishwashers.

H

29

Section 4 Description

Page

Outer Door Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Dispenser Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Dispenser Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Fascia Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 – 35 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

H

30

Outer Door Removal

Fig. 7-1

Fig. 7-2

To remove the Outer Door, open the door and remove the six T-20 Torx screws located three on each side of the Inner Stainless Door, Fig. 7-1. Return the door back to its upright position, and bring the bottom of the Door Panel out toward you, then slide the top of the panel down and out from under the Facia Panel, Fig. 7-2. As the Outer Door is being removed, the left or right Door Guards may shift or fall out of place, Fig. 7-3.

Fig. 7-3

To reposition them, slide them back in over the hinge, Fig. 7-4, lining up the door guard square tab with the hinge lever square notch. Please note: Door Guards must be in place before reinstalling the Door Panel. Door Guards are not used on SHI or SHV models. Fig. 7-4

H

31

Door Compoments

7 2 6

1 3 5

4

4

8

9

9

Fig. 7-5 Once the Outer Door has been removed the following components become visible. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Dispenser Assembly Condensation Tube Upper Wiring Harness Door Guards Door Seal Bituminious Insulation Cloth Fiber Insulation

Also note the Toe Kick, item 8, and the Toe Kick Mounting Screws, item 9.

H

32

Dispenser Operation

2 1

Fig. 8-1 The Dispenser Assembly operates via a PTC Actuator (wax motor), item 1. When voltage is applied to the Actuator it advances a Combination Lever, item 2.

Fig. 8-2 …and bring the Actuator out from the Dispenser. Please note: The Combination Lever cannot be replaced individually, but only as part of a new Dispenser Assembly.

The Combination Lever allows the Soap Door to open, and later in the cycle dispenses the Rinse Agent. To remove the Actuator, first disconnect the Wiring Connector. Then, using a small screwdriver, release the locking tab….

1 2

Fig. 8-3 Fig. 8-4 When the Dispenser requires Rinse Agent a Magnetic Float, Fig. 8-3, item 1, will lower and draw the contacts of a Reed Switch, Fig. 8-3, item 2, together. This completes the circuit, and activates the Refill Rinse Agent LED located on the Facia Panel. To remove the Reed Switch, first disconnect the Wiring Connector. Now, using a small screwdriver push in on the Reed Switch Mounting Tab, Fig. 8-3. As you push in on the mounting tab, use a needle-nose pliers to bring the switch down and out from the Dispenser, Fig. 8-4.

H

33

Dispenser Removal

Fig. 8-5

Fig. 8-6

If required, the Dispenser Assembly can be replaced as a complete unit. TO REMOVE: First remove the: Upper Rack (Section 3, Fig. 4-3). Wiring Connectors for the PTC Actuator, Reed Switch and Condensation Tube. The Condensation Tube is inserted into the right side of the Dispenser with a gasket seal, and press fit along the right side of the Inner Stainless Steel Door. To remove, first remove any securing tape or wire ties for both the Condensation Tube and Upper Wiring Harness. Then, disengage the tube from the door by pulling it toward you, and sliding the tube out from the Dispenser. Now, using a broad tipped regular screwdriver spread the top and bottom metal positioning strips away from the Dispenser, Fig. 8-5. Then apply light pressure to the Dispenser, and break the seal between it and the Inner Stainless Steel Door, Fig. 8-6. TO INSTALL: Clean the inner portion of the stainless steel door where the Dispenser Gasket will seat. Then bend the positioning strips back into place, straightening them if necessary. Now, insert the new Dispenser making sure the positioning strips fit snugly against the Dispenser Body. The Dispenser Gasket will make a watertight seal so caulk or sealant is not required. Replace the Condensation Tube, Wiring Connectors and Upper Rack.

H

34

Fascia Assembly IMPORTANT SERVICE NOTE: The Fascia Assembly cannot be removed unless the Outer Door is removed first. See section 4, Fig. 7-1. FASCIA ASSEMBLY REMOVAL: After removing the Outer Door, remove the six T-20 Torx screws securing the Fascia Assembly to the Inner Stainless door, Fig. 9-1.

Fig. 9-1

Fig. 9-2

Fig. 9-3

With the screws removed, bring the Fascia Assembly down cradling it so as not to scratch the Fascia Console.

Now remove the Wiring Connectors by pressing in on the locking tabs of each connector, then sliding the connector up and off from the Control Module.

H

35

Fascia Assembly With the Fascia Assembly removed from the unit, it can be further separated into two assemblies. To separate, release the four locking tabs and bring the Fascia Frame up from the Fascia Console, Fig. 9-4.

Fig. 9-4 The Fascia Frame houses three components:

1

3

2

Item 1, On/Off Switch. Item 2,Door Latch Assembly. Item 3,Control Module. Note: The Fascia Console or Program Buttons can be replaced at this time.

Fig. 9-5 ON/OFF SWITCH REMOVAL:

1

2

Bend the single tab up, item 1. Then slide the switch up and out from the frame, and remove the Locking Lever, item 2. Note: The Locking Lever, item 2, switches the unit off when the door is opened during operation.

Fig. 9-6 DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL: Bend the two tabs up and slide the Latch down. CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL: Press in on the three locking tabs and bring the Control Module out from the Console Frame.

Fig. 9-7

Note: Always reset the new Control Module by pressing the appropriate cancellation buttons, see Section 2.

H

36

Notes

H

37

Section 5 Description Base Components – Front Accessible:

Page Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Circulation Motor Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Leveling Legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Water Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Drain Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 — 41

Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

H

38

Base Components – Front Accessible

=

3

7

6

2

8

5

9 =

4

1

3

Fig. 10-1 Service note:

2

To gain access to the Front Accessible Lower Components remove the Toe Kick. Also, for better visibility it is strongly recommended that the Outer Door be removed as well.

The Front Accessible Lower Components consist of the following items. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Electrical Connection. Circulation Motor Capacitor. Front Leveling Legs. Model and Serial number tag. Rear Leveling Leg adjustment screw. Water Solenoid Valve. Access Panel. Drain Motor. Circulation Motor. The Circulation Motor cannot be replaced from the front, but is accessible for voltage or wiring testing. 10. Door Spring Adjustment Screws. The adjustment can only be made when an accessory door panel is added to the unit. Turning the screw clockwise will balance the additional weight of the added panel.

1 Fig. 10-2 The electrical connection, item 1, is a three wire hook-up that is secured with wire-nuts. The color code is as follows: Black = Hot White = Neutral Green = Ground

The Circulation Motor Capacitor, item 2, is a 10uf-Start/Run Capacitor held to the Circulation Motor with a single 13mm nut. The Capacitor can be replaced as a separate component without removing the Circulation Motor.

H

39

Base Components – Front Accessible

1

2 Fig. 10-3

Fig. 10-4

The front Leveling Legs can be adjusted by inserting a regular tipped screwdriver into the foot slot and turning the leg in the desired direction.

The Rear Leg Adjustment Screw, item 1, allows the single Rear Leveling Leg to be adjusted from the front of the unit. Turning the screw clockwise will extend the leg, and counter-clockwise retracts it. For convenience an additional Serial Number Tag, item 2, is located on the Base.

Fig. 10-5

Fig. 10-6

To replace the Water Solenoid Valve, first remove the two T-20 Torx valve mounting screws.

Then bring the Water Valve out from the Base, and disconnect the water line by loosening the Water Line Clamp (arrow) and removing the wiring leads.

H

40

Base Components – Front Accessible Service note: To provide the required access that will allow the Drain Motor to be replaced, the Lower Access Panel must be removed, and as previously mentioned the Outer Door Panel should also be removed.

1

To remove the Lower Access Panel, Fig. 10-7, item 1, remove the two T-20 Torx screws located in the left and right corners of the panel. Fig. 10-7 As demonstrated in Figs. 10-7 and 10-8, with the Lower Access Panel removed you gain all the space required to replace the Drain Motor, Fig. 10-8, item 1, as well as allowing better visibility to the Circulation Motor Wiring, Fig.10-8, item 2, rear components, wiring and hoses.

1

Fig. 10-8

2

H

41

Base Components – Front Accessible

1

2

1

B

2 3 A

Cut Away View Fig. 10-9 To remove the Drain Motor, item 1, first remove the Sump Fill Hose, item 2, by pulling it out from the Sump and side inlet connections (see Fig. 10-10)

Fig. 10-10 This cut away view shows: Item 1, Drain Motor. Item 2, Drain Motor Locking Tab. Item 3, the Sump Fill Hose and its two connection points A and B.

Fig. 10-11

Fig. 10-12

Fig. 10-13

Next, remove the wiring connectors and then while pulling back on the Locking Tab, turn the Drain Motor clockwise.

Continue turning the Drain Motor clockwise until it reaches the two o’clock stop position. Then bring the motor out from the Sump.

The Drain Motor is mounted to the Sump using a slot and tab fit. To install the Drain Motor, insert it back into the Sump at the two o’clock position making sure that all three slots and tabs line up, then turn counter-clockwise until secure and the Locking Tab locks.

H

42

Service Reminder From this point forward, all service procedures demonstrated in the remainder of this repair manual, will require the dishwasher to be disconnected and removed from the cabinet for servicing.

H

43

Section 6 Description

Page

Left Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Left Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 – 47 Water Inlet / Discharge System – Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

H

44

Left Side Access LEFT SIDE PANEL REMOVAL: Remove the two T-20 Torx screws located on the top and bottom of the Left Trim Strip, Fig. 11-1, and then slide the Trim Strip up and off the unit. Figs. 11-2 and 11-3 The Side Panel is press fit onto the Front and Rear Corner Blocks of the dishwasher. To remove the panel, gently lift up on the front corner disengaging it from the Front Corner Block, arrow A. Then bring the panels back corner off the rear block while moving the panel toward the rear of the dishwasher, arrow B. Bring the panel out from the side of the unit about forty-five degrees, and then lift it out from the Base Lip. Fig. 11-1

B

Fig. 11-2

Fig. 11-3

A

H

45

Left Side Components

1

1

2 4 3 6 5

7 8

Fig. 11-4 With the Left Side Panel removed you now have access to the following components: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Corner Blocks. Cloth Fiber Insulation Panel. Drain Hoses. Water Chamber. Inlet Water Line. Water Level Housing Assembly. Sump Fill Hose. Left Hinge.

H

46

Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation

6

4

7

5

1 2 3

8

9

Fig. 12-1 Normal Fill

Over Fill

Base Float

Fig. 12-2

Fig. 12-3

Fig. 12-4

H

47

Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation WATER SYSTEM OPERATION: Fig. 12-1 is a close up view of the complete Water Systems. FILLING NORMAL OPERATION (Fig. 12-2) Fresh water is brought in by the Water Valve and through the Inlet Water Line, item 3. The incoming water is then directed into the Water Level Housing Assembly, item 4, and then on to the Sump via the Sump Fill Hose, item 8. As the unit fills with water the Diaphragm on the Water Level Housing Assembly expands due to the pressure of air forced up by the incoming water. When the correct water level is reached the Diaphragm moves the Switch Lever, which in turn closes the Water Level Switch. When the Water Level Switch closes the Water Valve shuts and the Circulation Motor is activated, and the program advances. Note:

Once the Circulation Motor is activated the water level will drop slightly, the unit then calls for a small amount of additional water to be added.

OVER FILL (Fig. 12-3) As a safety feature, if the Diaphragm were to malfunction the water level would rise and activate the Safety Float, item 5. As the Safety Float rises it in turn closes the Float Switch, item 6. When the Float Switch closes it activates the Drain Motor. Service tip:

If the dishwasher repeatedly fills and drains the cause is most likely a faulty Diaphragm.

BASE FLOAT (Fig. 12-4) As an additional safety feature, if the Base were to fill with water due to a hose or pump leak the Base Float, item 9, will rise and via a Float Lever and Pushrod, item 8, would close the Float Switch, which in turn activates the Drain Motor. Service tip:

If there is water in the base the Drain Motor will run continually, but will not drain water from the base.

“F” CODE Dishwashers with a Countdown Display will show an “F” in the display window when a filling fault occurs. Filling faults can be: Water in the base; overfill; and under or no fill. Live Dealer Display Models with “F” codes: Since display models are hand filled, achieving the correct water level is difficult, (see Section 3, Fig. 5-7) so the unit will perceive a filling fault and display the “F” code. This is normal, do not attempt a repair. DRAINING When the Drain Motor is activated gray water flows from the Sump through the Sump Drain Hose, item 2, around the Water Chamber and out through the Main Drain Line, item 1.

48

H

Water Inlet / Discharge System – Removal

1 Fig. 12-7 The Water Level Switch and Diaphragm are replaced as one assembly. To replace, bend the small retaining tab out away from the assembly.

Fig. 12-8 Then remove the wiring connector and slide the assembly up and out from the Water Level Housing.

Fig. 12-9 To replace either Drain Hose, first remove the Drain Hose retaining clip.

Fig. 12-10 Then bring the hose down and out from the Water Chamber. When re-installing make sure the hose is snug, and the retaining clip is back in place.

The Float Switch, item 1, is a press fit and easily removed as an individual component.

H

49

Section 7 Description

Page

Right Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Right Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 NTC Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 NTC Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 – 57 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

H

50

Right Side Access

Fig. 13-1

Fig. 13-2

RIGHT SIDE PANEL REMOVAL: Remove the two T-20 Torx screws located on the top and bottom of the Left Trim Strip, Fig. 13-1, and then slide the Trim Strip up and off the unit.

To remove the panel, refer to Section 6, Figs. 11-2 and 11-3.

H

51

Right Side Components

5

1

3

4 2

Fig. 13-3 With the Right Side Panel removed, you now have access to the following components. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Circulation Pump / Motor. Base Wiring Connectors. Flow Switch. Heater Assembly. NTC.

COMPONENT EXPLANATION: Circulation Pump / Motor. The Circulation Pump / Motor can be replaced from the right side by following the same access procedures for removal of the NTC outlined in the remainder of this section, and then by following the steps in Section 8, Figs. 16-2 through 16-7, for the Circulation Pump / Motor removal. Service Note: Section 8, also gives and alternative removal method for the Circulation Pump / Motor. Base Wiring Connectors. The Base Wiring Connectors allow the Upper Wiring Harness to mate with the Base Wiring Harness. Flow Switch. Located between the two heater terminals is the Flow Switch. In the event that water does not flow across the Heating Element, the Flow Switch disables the element. To remove the Flow Switch, bring the bottom of the switch out from its base, unhook the side tabs, and then lift the switch out. Heater Assembly. The Heater Assembly cannot be replaced from the side, but is accessible for continuity testing. Replacement of the Heater Assembly is outlined in Section 8, Figs. 16-8 through 16-12.

H

52

NTC Operation

Fig. 14-1 Located on top of the Heater Assembly is the NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient), Fig. 14-1. The NTC uses resistance to control wash and rinse water temperature and is connected with two green leads. As water temperature increases, the NTC records the decrease in resistance. The Control Unit Logic Board measures this resistance change and allows the program to advance once the correct temperature (resistance level) is reached. Service note: The SHU 30** and SHU 40** models do not use an NTC, but utilize a standard, normally open thermostat (bi-metal).

Also combined within the NTC (or standard thermostat) is a High Limit Safety Thermostat, connected with red leads. The normally closed high limit is set to 185° Fahrenheit and is self-resetting. Service tip:

The NTC can be checked without removing the dishwasher by measuring its resistance at the Control Unit. Using the appropriate wiring diagram, locate the two NTC leads. The resistance at room temperature should be approximately 55k Ohms. An extremely high, low or no Ohm reading will usually indicate a faulty NTC.

H

53

NTC Removal To replace the NTC, first remove the Right Side Panel, Outer Door and Toe Kick, Fig. 14-2. Then, remove the two Front Base Mounting Screws, Fig. 14-3. And the single Rear Base Mounting Screw, Fig. 14-4.

Fig. 14-2

Fig. 14-3

Fig. 14-4

H

54

NTC Removal Next, remove the Hinge Cover…

Fig. 14-5 and, unhook the Pulley Arm from the Hinge by lifting it up…

Fig. 14-6 and then off the Hinge.

Fig. 14-7

H

55

NTC Removal Now, from inside the dishwasher remove the Lower Spray Arm, Filter Basket and Screen, then remove the two screws that attach the Feeder Tube to the Sump, item 1. And the two Sump Clamps, item 2.

1

2 Fig. 14-8 With all steps complete, bring the Tank up from the Base and insert a block in the rear of the unit between the Tank and the Base.

Fig. 14-9 With the block in place you now have the required access to replace the NTC. Service note: The Circulation Pump / Motor can also be replaced at this time, see Section 8.

Fig. 14-10

H

56

NTC Removal

Fig. 14-11

Fig. 14-12

As demonstrated in Figs. 14-11 and 14-12, raising the Tank provides the necessary access space required to remove either the NTC or the Circulation Pump / Motor. Service note: When re-seating the Tank make sure to check that it is inserted squarely back into the pump and seated properly.

H

57

NTC Removal

2

1

The NTC is held in place by two locking tabs, items 1 and 2. To remove the NTC from the Heater Assembly, unhook the front tab, item 1, and lift the NTC up slightly on that side, holding the tab open as you lift.

Fig. 14-13

Cut Away View

Then unhook the rear tab, item 2, holding it open, while you slide the NTC up and out from the Heater Assembly.

1 2 Fig. 14-14 Once the NTC has been removed make sure to retrieve the NTC O-ring from the Heater Assembly if it is not on the NTC when it’s removed. Service tip:

When installing the NTC, apply water to the O-ring so it will seat easier. To avoid leaks, always make sure the NTC is secure and inserted completely into the Heater Assembly.

Fig. 14-15

H

58

Notes

H

59

Section 8 Description

Page

Tank Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 – 62 Base Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Circulation Pump / Motor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Circulation Pump / Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Heater Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Heater Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Aqua Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Door Spring Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

H

60

Tank Removal

Fig. 15-1

Fig. 15-2

In order to gain full access to the Circulation Pump / Motor, Heater Assembly and Aqua Sensor the Tank must be removed.

1

To remove the Tank, start by removing the Outer Door, Left and Right Side Panels, and Toe Kick, leaving the unit as shown in Fig. 15-1. Next, disconnect the Upper Wiring Harness from the Control Unit and On/Off Switch, and then bring the harness off its mounting point on the Condensation Tube, Fig. 15-2. Now from inside the dishwasher remove the Lower Spray Arm, Filter Basket and Screen, then remove the two screws that attach the Feeder Tube to the Sump, item 1. And the two Sump Clamps, item 2.

2 Fig. 15-3

H

61

Tank Removal Then on both the left and right sides, remove the Hinge Covers…

Fig. 15-4 and unhook the Pulley Arms from both Hinges by lifting them up…

Fig. 15-5 and then off the Hinges.

Fig. 15-6

H

62

Tank Removal

1

2

Fig. 15-7

Fig. 15-8

Fig. 15-7 Now on both the left and right sides remove the T-20 Torx Tank Mounting Screws, item 1, and the Door Hinge Pivot tab, item 2. Fig. 15-8 To remove the Door Hinge Pivot Tab, insert your T-20 Torx bit into the Tab and bring the screwdriver down releasing the tab. Service note: The tab is a press fit, and will simply snap into position when replaced. Fig. 15-9 With both Tank Mounting Screws and Door Hinge Pivot Tabs removed bring the Inner Door up and off the unit. The Lower Door Seal, item 1, will pull away as you remove the door.

1

Set the door aside. Service note: The Door Seal is a press fit along the bottom lip of the tank. To avoid leaking, make sure the Door Seal is correctly inserted back along the tank lip when replaced.

Fig. 15-9

H

63

Base Components

3 4

2 1

Fig. 16-1 The Tank can now be removed from the Base. Service note: Once removed, lay the Tank on its back so as not to damage the tank bottom. When reseating the Tank make sure to check that it’s inserted squarely back into the Sump and seated properly. With the Tank removed you now have access to the following components: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Circulation Motor Circulation Pump Heater Assembly Aqua Sensor

Service reminder: As previously mentioned in Section 7, the Circulation Pump / Motor can also be replaced from the right side without removing the Tank. However, the additional visibility and access the Tank removal method allows can be a greater benefit for this repair.

H

64

Circulation Pump / Motor Removal

2

1 Fig. 16-2

Fig. 16-3

1

3 4 Fig. 16-4

Fig. 16-5

2

H

65

Circulation Pump / Motor Assembly

Fig. 16-6

Fig. 16-7

CIRCULATION PUMP / MOTOR REMOVAL: Disconnect the four wire leads, then grasp the Circulation Motor and turn clockwise a quarter turn until the Motor stops, Fig. 16-2. Now, remove the Motor / Rear Pump Assembly from the Front Pump Housing, Fig. 16-3. Note: The Front Pump Housing remains in place when the Motor is removed, Fig.16-3, item 1. With the Motor / Rear Pump Assembly removed from the unit, separate the Motor from the Rear Pump Assembly. To do so, first remove the Impeller by placing a block in the rear of the Motor and then turning the Impeller counter-clockwise, then Fig 16-4. The Rear Pump Assembly consists of four components, Fig. 16-5: 1. 2.

Rear Pump Housing. Main Pump Seal.

3. Impeller. 4. Impeller Seal.

Each component can be replaced as an individual item. TO INSTALL: First, locate the Key Square on the Front Pump Housing, Fig. 16-6. Next, locate the Key Square Cut Out on the Rear Pump Housing, Fig. 16-3, item 2. When replacing the Pump / Motor make sure to line up the Key Square with the Key Square Cut Out. Then bring the two pump halves together in the position shown in Fig. 16-2, and turn the Motor clockwise until it stops, see Fig. 16-7. Service note: The Impeller Seal Spring is compressed when the two halves of the Pump Assembly are brought together. This will take a little force, so make sure to have a good grip on the Sump as you compress the spring. Now, reattach the wiring leads, test and check for leaks.

H

66

Heater Assembly Removal

3

1

4

2 Fig. 16-8

Fig. 16-9

Aqua Sensor NTC Flow Through Heater Upper Spray Arm

Flow Switch

Lower Spray Arm

Circulation Motor / Pump Impeller Cover

Drain Motor

Fig. 16-10

H

67

Heater Assembly

2

3

1

4 5 6 7

Fig. 16-11 Fig. 16-12 The Heater Assembly, Fig. 16-8 is a flow through design, taking water in from the Circulation Pump and then sending it out the two discharge outlets to the Upper and Lower Spray Arms, Fig. 16-10. HEATER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL: See Fig. 16-9, first remove all wiring leads and the two securing screws, item 1. Now, release the Heater Assembly Locking Tab, item 2, and while holding the tab open bring the Heater Assembly up on the left side, disengaging the heaters two discharge outlets from the Sump, item 3, and then out from the Circulation Pump Connection, item 4. Heater Assembly Components, Fig. 16-11. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Intake from Circulation Pump. Discharge to Lower Spray Arm. Discharge to Upper Spray Arm. Aqua Sensor (if equipped).

5. Locking Tab 6. NTC Socket 7. Flow Switch

TO INSTALL: Slide the Heater Assembly into the Circulation Pump Connection first, then bring the Heater down and seat the two outlet gaskets back into the Sump. Make sure all three gaskets are secure and the locking tab is in place. Then replace the two screws and wiring connections. Top Rack Actuator, Fig. 16-12. Top Rack Actuator is used to activate the Top Rack Only wash on models equipped with this feature. When activated, the Top Rack Actuator diverts all water flow to the Upper Spray Arm. To remove the Actuator, remove the wire connector, and then pry the Actuator out from its housing. When installing, make sure the Actuator’s arm is properly inserted back into the Control Gate.

H

68

Aqua Sensor

Fig. 16-13

Fig. 16-14

The Aqua Sensor turbidity measuring device, Fig. 16-13, which is available only on select models, evaluates the pre-wash water using a beam of light and a pick-up sensor. If the beam passes easily through the pre-wash water then no additional wash water is added. If the beam cannot pass through, then the pre-wash water is drained and a fresh fill is added for the main wash cycle. To replace the sensor, Fig. 16-14, slide it out from its housing located on the Heater Assembly. Service note: Since the Aqua Sensor has no effect on washability, it should never be replaced. Only if a leak were to occur should service be performed on this component.

H

69

Door Spring Removal The Door Springs are located on the bottom of the Base, Fig. 16-15, and operate via a Spring Cable and Reel that counter balances the weight of the Outer Door, Fig. 16-16. If a Door Panel Kit is applied to the dishwasher, the factory springs must be replaced with the heavy duty version that is provided with the panel kit.

Fig. 16-15 TO REPLACE THE SPRINGS: Lay the dishwasher on its back, being careful not to damage the Drain Hose. Then using a small screwdriver, remove the Door Springs by prying the Spring Plate out from the Base, Fig. 16-17. Then remove the Spring Cable by unhooking it from the Spring, Fig. 16-18.

Fig. 16-16

Fig. 16-17

Fig. 16-18

H

70

Notes

H

71

Section 9 Description

Page

Wiring Diagrams / Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (see Tech Manual)

Test Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(see Test Programs)

BSH Home Appliances 5551 McFadden Avenue Huntington Beach, CA 92649

Thermador Dishwasher Series Models DWI246, DW246, DW245, DW244. Flexibility, Cleanability plus Quiet Operation

1

FEATURES • Soil Sensor – Except Model DW244

• Upper Plate Rack • Lower Pots & Pans Rack • Heated Water Chamber • Quiet Operation • Stainless Steel Tank

• Triple Filtration System • Cycle Status Indicator Bar • Rinse Agent Indicator Light • Cycle Delay Function • Condensation Air Drying System 2

To Interrupt or Reset a Cycle To interrupt a cycle:

To reset a cycle:

Simply depress the ON/OFF button to stop the operation

With the cycle operating, press HEAVY WASH and LIGHT WASH at the same time for 3 seconds. The cycle status bar will progress to the end. 3

To change cycle selection Simply depress the button of the cycle desired two times. The light above the cycle will then become illuminated to show that it has been selected.

4

Fill valve replacement • Fill valve is accessed by removing toekick panel. • Remove two screws holding fill valve in place, electrical connections, and remove fill hose. • Reverse order to replace.

5

Fill valve replacement • Operates on 120VAC • Normal reading is approximately 1000 ohms. • Read directly at valve. • If reading is abnormal, replace valve.

6

Fill valve reads 1000 ohms between I2.44 and I2.1-3 with door switch closed. It operates on 120VAC. Note: voltage present whenever on-off switch closed. Reed switch

Temp. sensor

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-4

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

f1

.4-1 s2

Water valve

2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

7

Removal of outer door panel • Remove 6 T-20 screws in door panel • Close door

8

Removal of outer door panel • Tilt lower portion outward and slide down • Stiffener blocks will fall out. Replace on hinge assembly prior to reassembly.

9

Drain pump replacement • Drain tank sump with sponge or towel (to prevent spillage into lower sump). • Remove toe panel and cover plate. • Remove fill valve and sump hose. • Hold tabs on motor and rotate CW.

10

Drain pump replacement • Permanent magnet motor. • Operates on 120VAC. • Normal resistance reading is 16 ohms. • Can be read directly at motor.

11

Drain motor reads 16 ohms between I2.41 & I2.1-1 with door switch closed. Drain motor operates on 120VAC. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

12

Soap cup/Rinse aid dispenser • Remove wire connectors from dispenser. • Remove by bending retainer tabs and pushing inward toward tank. Protect hand with towel as edges are razor sharp. 13

Soap cup/Rinse aid dispenser • The entire dispenser will push into dishwasher tub. • Replace from inside taking care to position O-ring seal and bend tabs to secure.

14

Troubleshooting dispenser • Actuator operates on 120VAC. • Normal resistance is 1600 ohms. • First actuation opens soap cup and repositions arm. • Second actuation dispenses rinse aid. 15

Dispenser actuator (wax motor) reads 1600 ohms between I2.2-1 & I2.2-2 and operates on 120VAC. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 .2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

16

Troubleshooting dispenser • Reed switch activates rinse aid fill light only when empty. • Normally open, will only read continuity when rinse aid dispenser is empty.

17

Reed switch reads open between I2.6-1 & I2.6-2 when rinse agent dispenser is full, closes when empty. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

18

HANDS ON

19

Access to control board/dispenser • To access/remove control board and on/off switch, lower door to horizontal position, remove six T-20 screws and control panel will tilt down.

20

Access to control board • Remove 6 T-20 screws. • 2 are on side of door liner, 4 facing upwards • Lift door, tilt control panel up and outward to remove.

21

Control board • Slide control board up past tabs to remove. • Plugs are keyed and will not fit in wrong position. • Component checks are done from control board plugs. 22

Troubleshooting the control module.

• Plugs to components are arranged on the module as shown above. • Voltage and resistance readings can be taken from the plugs. 23

Six multi-pin connectors

MODULE -- I2 ✔ I2.1…..3 pin wire connector

✔ I2.2…..2 pin wire connector

✔ I2.4…..6 pin wire connector (two pins not used)

✔ I2.5…..7 pin wire connector (two pins not used)

✔ I2.6…..2 pin wire connector

✔ I2.7…..2 pin wire connector

e3

.6-1 .6-2

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

X1

I4

X2

e0 a1

5.3 5.2 5.1

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 .2-1 .2-2 A2

.4-3 4 1

.4-4

.4-1

.7-2

.4-2 f5

s2

f1

r1

2 4 1

m2

e6

m3

e5

24

N L1

Troubleshooting from the control board • Component checks are done from control board plugs. • Plugs are numbered from the left starting with I2.1, I2.2, I2.4, I2.7, I2.6, and I2.5.

25

Troubleshooting the control board • I2.1 has 3 wires and carries input from door switch (120VAC) • I2.2 has 2 wires and sends voltage to soap cup actuator (120VAC)

26

Troubleshooting from the control board • I2.4 has 4 wires and controls the following: • I2.4-1 120VAC to drain motor. • I2.4-2 120VAC to circulation motor. • I2.4-3 120VAC to water level switch. • I2.4-4 provide neutral to activate fill valve.

27

Troubleshooting from the control board • I2.6 has 2 wires and monitors reed switch to activate rinse agent light.

28

Troubleshooting from the control board • I2.5 has 2 plugs. The 2 wire plug (I2.5-6 &I2.5-7) receives input from NTC sensor. • The 3 wire plug is for the soil sensor. (Not used on DW244 models). 29

On/Off/Door switch • Switches both neutral and hot side of line voltage. • Door switch is part of on/off switch and is activated by actuator rod from door latch. • Remove by bending tab and sliding up. 30

On-Off switch switches neutral, 120VAC input, and 120VAC output from board. When closed, read 120VAC between I2.1-1 & I2.1-2, and I2.11 & I2.1-3. Door switch opens neutral (1-2) and the On-Off switch contacts (3-4 & 5-6).. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

31

Door gasket/seal • Door gasket /seal is inserted into channel around top and sides of tank opening. • It is a press fit, no additional sealant is used.

32

Side panel removal • Remove T-20 screws holding side panel through holes in filler trims. • Slide filler strips up and remove.

33

Side panel removal • Pull panel outward from top edge. • Lift and remove . • Replace by inserting bottom edge, and pushing top edge in and down. • Start T-20 screws and slide filler strips in place, tighten screws.

34

Water level and float switch • Fill valve opens, water fills chamber and tank, activating water level switch. • When switch trips first time, circulation motor starts, fill continues. • When water level switch trips second time fill stops.

35

Water level switch reads open between I2.4-3 & I2.1-3 when idle. It conveys 120VAC to control board when activated. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-4

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

f1

.4-1 s2

Water valve

2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

36

Fill and float switch • Float switch is located to the right or forward of the fill/flow switch. • The float switch will activate the drain pump for two reasons: – Overfill condition – Leakage into the sump 37

Overfill or leakage into sump causes float switch to transfer 120VAC to drain motor and disconnects 120VAC to fill valve. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

Drain switch motor

1Float

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

38

No Water Fill….diagnosed at control console Check for 120V between .1-1 & .1-2; .1-1 & .1-3; .1-1 & 6 on On/Off Sw; .1-1 & hot Water Valve Terminal Check for 120V between .1-2 & neutral Water Valve Terminal; .1-2 & .4-4Temp. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Soil Sensor

sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

Drain switch motor

1Float

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

39

HANDS ON

40

Door removal • Unplug all electrical connections from dispenser. • Remove condenser channel. • Remove control panel and lay on floor.

41

Door removal • Remove retainer clips with small screwdriver. • Detach lip seal from between tank and door bottom. • Remove spring cable. • Lift door up and off hinge pivot. 42

Door springs • Door springs are mounted in a channel in the molded base. • Replacement requires the removal of the machine from installed position.

43

Door spring replacement • Remove cable from hinge on door. • Pry spring retainer from base channel. • Unhook cable from spring. • Replace in opposite order. 44

Cable replacement • Remove cable from door hinge. • Remove screw holding hinge bracket to tank. • Remove 2 screws holding hinge bracket to base.

45

Cable replacement • Lift hinge mount out of base, rotate cable roller to release from hinge mount. • Insert new cable/roller assembly, reinsert into base, and replace screws. • Reattach cable to door hinge.

46

Drain pump cleanout • Remove coarse filter, fine filter, and wash arm. • Slide retainer clip aside, lift and remove. • Remove any foreign material from sump. • Reassemble in reverse order. 47

Drain check valve • Remove coarse filter, fine filter, drain pump cleanout cover. • Check valve is black rubber flap valve to rear of drain sump. • Remove by lifting out of slot. 48

Tank Removal • Remove racks from interior. • Remove large strainer by unscrewing and lifting. • Remove fine strainer by lifting out

49

Tank Removal • Remove 4 T-20 screws inside tank sump.

50

Tank Removal • Unsnap upper arm supply tube from back wall of tank.

51

Tank Removal • Remove T-20 screws from hinge mounting bracket. (1 on each side)

52

Tank Removal • Remove 2 T-20 screws from rear of tank.

53

Tank Removal • Tilt tank up and remove.

54

HANDS ON

55

Base components • • • • • •

Soil sensor NTC and High temp. Circulation pump Heater Pressure switch Capacitor

56

Soil sensor • Consists of LED (light emitting diode) and LDR (light dependent resistor). • Samples water clarity at first fill to set basis. • Samples again after first rinse & final rinse to determine if add’l rinses necessary.

57

The soil sensor consists of an LED(light emitting diode) and a LDR (light dependent resistor). These work together to test clarity of water to determine need for add’l rinses. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-8

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

58

Thermostat Sub-assembly • Contains NTC sensor to cycle heating element for high temp washing/rinse. • Normal resistance is approx. 50K ohms @ room temperature. • Resistance decreases as temp. increases. 59

The temp. sensor reads 50,000 ohms at room temperature. It is a NTC (negative temp. coefficient) and the resistance decreases as temp increases. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

60

Diagnosing the Temperature Sensor (Step 1) 1)

Measure resistance between .5-7 & .5-6

2)

Should read approximately 50,000 OHMs at 75 degrees ambient. If open, replace sensor. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

61

Diagnosing the Temperature Sensor (Step2) 1)

If approximate value is read, add about 1 1/2 gallons of hot water from sink tap

2)

If sensor is good, resistance values should drop Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

62

Thermostat Sub-assembly • Contained in the same housing, the temperature sensor also contains HTCO (bimetal) to disconnect heater at 185 degrees. • The HTCO is wired in series with heating element. 63

Water Heater Circuit • 1200 watt heater • Heater is concealed in pump housing. • Heater is disabled when circulation pump is not running by action of flow switch.

64

Water Heater Circuit • 1200 watt heater • Normal resistance is 12 ohms. • Must be read directly due to action of flow switch.

65

Water Heater Circuit HTC opens at 185 Degrees 1200W heater, Heater measures 12 ohms (read at heater only) Float switch activated by action of circulation pump Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

66

DIAGNOSING HEATER CIRCUIT 1)

(Step 1)

Put dishwasher into the heat cycle (Pots & Pans cycle…shortly after the first fill) Check for 120VAC at .7-2 on control module If no output voltage, change the control module Service

2) 3)

Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

connector

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

67

DIAGNOSING HEATER CIRCUIT 1) 2) 3)

(Step 2)

Remove the dishwasher from the installed position Remove the right side panel Remove yellow molex plug at terminal block Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

68

DIAGNOSING HEATER CIRCUIT 1) 2)

(Step 3)

Check for continuity through the 185 degree T-stat Read between the lower portion of the molex plug and the left terminal on the heater. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

69

DIAGNOSING HEATER CIRCUIT 1)

(Step 4)

Check for approximately 12 OHMS across the heater

Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

70

DIAGNOSING HEATER CIRCUIT 1)

(Step 5)

Check the flow switch….With no water or circulation motor operation, the circuit should be open; Remove the flow switch and depress the actuator. Continuity should be read. Service

2)

Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

connector

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

71

Circulation pump/motor and cap. • To remove pump/motor assembly, lift, depress tabs and rotate clockwise. • Pump and motor are separate parts. • To remove pump from motor, lock motor with finger, and unscrew pump.

72

Circulation pump/motor and cap. • Motor is 120VAC capacitor start. • Normal resistance is 13.5 ohms between 1 and 2 on motor, or I2.1-1 and I2.4-2 on control board.

73

Circulation motor reads 13.5 ohms between I2.4-2 & I2.1-1. Circulation motor operates on 120VAC. Reed switch

e3

.6-1 .6-2

Temp. sensor

Soil Sensor

NTC

.5-7 .5-6

Service connector

Jumper

I4

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1

X1

X2

I2.9

I2.8

On/off door switch

1

.1-1 .1-2

Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3

Display Control Timer

e0 a1

2 3

4

5

6

.7-1 dispenser

.2-1 .2-2 A2

Dispenser actuator

.4-3 4

Water level 1 switch

.4-4

.4-1 Water

s2 valve

f1 2 4

1Float

Drain switch motor

m3

.7-2

.4-2

HTCO

f5

heater Flow switch

r1 e5

m2 Circ. motor

74

HANDS ON

75

THATS ALL FOLKS

76

Cycle Sequence detail

Pre-rinse

*Drain pump runs for 15 seconds and stops. *Fill valve opens and fills sump.

Pre-wash 125F

*Soil sensor samples water for clarity.

Wash 161F

*Water level switch closes first time. *Circulation pump starts, fill continues.

Rinse

Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F

Drying

*Water level switch closes second time. *Fill valve closes. *Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes and stops. *Soil sensor samples water (if too dirty go to pre-wash cycle, if OK go to wash cycle). *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds and stops.

77

Cycle Sequence detail

Pre-rinse

*Fill valve opens and fills sump. *Water level switch closes first time.

Pre-wash 125F

*Circulation pump starts, fill continues.

Wash 161F

*Heater circuit is activated. *Water level switch closes second time.

Rinse

Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F

*Fill valve closes. *Heater raises water to 125F and washes for 9 minutes. *Circulation pump stops. *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds.

Drying 78

Cycle Sequence detail

Pre-rinse

*Fill valve opens and fills sump. *Water level switch closes first time.

Pre-wash 125F

*Circulation pump starts.

Wash 161F

*Heater circuit activated, fill continues. *Water level switch closes second time.

Rinse

Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F

*Fill valve closes. *Actuator opens soap cup, repositions arm. *Heater raise water temp. to 161F and wash continues for 9 minutes. *Circulation pump stops.

Drying

*Drain pump runs for 30 seconds.

79

Cycle Sequence detail

Pre-rinse

*Fill valve opens and fills sump. *Water level switch closes first time.

Pre-wash 125F

*Circulation pump starts, fill continues.

Wash 161F

*Water level switch closes second time. *Fill valve closes.

Rinse

Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F

*Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes. *Soil sensor samples water (if too dirty go to second rinse, if OK go to rinse aid cycle) *Circulation pump stops. *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds.

Drying 80

Cycle Sequence detail

Pre-rinse

*Fill valve opens and fills sump. *Water level switch closes first time.

Pre-wash 125F Wash 161F

Rinse

*Circulation pump starts, fill continues. *Water level switch closes second time. *Fill valve closes. *Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes.

Second Rinse

*Circulation pump stops. *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds.

Rinse aid 161F

Drying 81

Cycle Sequence detail

Pre-rinse

*Fill valve opens and fills sump. *Water level switch closes first time.

Pre-wash 125F

*Circulation pump starts, fill continues.

Wash 161F

*Water level switch closes second time. *Fill valve closes.

Rinse

Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F

*Actuator dispenses rinse aid. *Heater raise water temp. to 161F. *Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes and stops. *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds and stops. .

Drying 82

Cycle Sequence detail

Pre-rinse Pre-wash 125F Wash 161F

Unit is idle for 11 minutes for condensation drying to take place. Dishes retain heat from high temperature rinse better than tank of dishwasher, so moisture will migrate to dishwasher tank, condensing and gathering in the sump.

Rinse

Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F

Drying 83

DISHWASHER LAVE-VAISSELLE LAVADORA DE PLATOS SHV4800,4300 SHI 6800,4300 SHU 6800,5300, 9900,4300,3300, 3030

Cycle Countdown Power Scrub Plus

On/Off

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Delicate/ Econo

Quick Wash

Rinse & Hold

Refill Rinse Agent

On /Off Power Scrub

Power

Delay Start Hours

Top Rack Only

Rinse & Hold Cancel Drain

Regular Wash

Use and Care Manual Guide d’utilisation et d’entretien HOUSEHOLD USE ONLY

UTILISATION DOMESTIQUE SEULEMENT

Power

High Temp Wash

Regular Temp Wash

Rinse & Hold

Temp.Options

Cycles

Manual de uso y cuidado USO DOMESTICO ÚNICAMENTE

56 02 03 20 86 (8007)

CONGRATULATIONS!

Congratulations, and Thank You from BOSCH

for selecting your dishwasher. You have joined the many consumers who demand quiet and exceptional performance from their dishwashers. This manual was written with your safety and convenience in mind and the information contained herein is very important. We, at BOSCH, highly recommend that you read this manual prior to using your dishwasher for the first time. As an added convenience, a glossary of BOSCH DISHWASHER FEATURES DESCRIPTIONS has been added to this manual so you can truly understand and appreciate the philosophy put into this exceptional product. For even more information, visit our website at www.boschappliances.com to learn about your dishwasher as well as many other top quality Bosch appliances. Enjoy!

www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 1

UNIQUE FEATURES UNIQUE FEATURES OF YOUR BOSCH DISHWASHER STAINLESS STEEL INTERIOR • Improves Drying Performance • Resists Staining/Odors • Lifetime Warranty (see details on last page of manual) TRIPLE FILTER SYSTEM • 100% of the Wash Water is Filtered Before it Touches Your Dishes • “Large Object Trap” Prevents Undesirable Objects from Damaging the Pump System IN LINE FLOW THROUGH WATER HEATER (BOSCH FlowThroughHeater™) • Temperatures in excess of 160°F kill harmful germs while dissolving hard to remove fats and soils • Eliminates an exposed heater element that can damage items that fall from the rack • Creates More Interior Space (BOSCH Tall Tub™) • Flexibility to Load Dishwasher Safe Items in Upper or Lower Rack LOW NOISE SYSTEM (BOSCH AVS II ™) • Vibration Isolated Pump System Reduces Annoying Noises (BOSCH Suspension Motor™) • Triple Insulation Creates the BOSCH AVS II Silence Rating • Side Panels Encapsulate Noise • Separate Pump Systems, one for washing and one for draining, improve efficiency and reduce noise • Toe Kick Sound Shield on the SHU 6800 series results in unbelievable sound performance (Bosch Sound Seal™) RACKS • Tall Tub Allows Use of 10” Plates in the Upper Rack and 12” in the Lower Rack • Extra Tall Item Sprinkler Allows Removal of the Upper Rack and Washing of Items up to 22” Tall • 12 Place Loading Capacity SAFETY • Side Panels Enclose All Electrical Connections and Conserve Energy • Water Shutoff Device, Stops the Flow of Incoming Water when it is Detected Under the Dishwasher • Child Proof Cycle Selection - Cycle Selection Buttons Must be Pressed Twice to Change the Settings PRESSURE CONTROLLED FILLING SYSTEM • Water Consumption is Reduced When Washing Small Loads • Water Fill Levels Are Consistent Over Various Water Pressures • Improved Accuracy Over Time Filled Systems DUAL PUMP SYSTEM • Single Direction Main Pump is More Reliable • Improved Main Motor Efficiency DETERGENT and RINSE AID DISPENSER • Sliding Detergent Cup Lid Prevents Blockage • Adjustable Rinse Aid Dispenser for Improved Performance in Various Water Conditions

2 - ENGLISH

www.boschappliances.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS Important Safety Instructions

4

Dishwasher Components

5

Materials Chart

6

Loading the Dishwasher

7-9

Adding Detergent

10

Adding Rinse Agent

11

Identifying Dishwasher Controls

12

Selecting a Wash Cycle

13-15

Interrupting, Changing or Cancelling A Cycle

16

Unloading the Dishwasher

17

Special Features

18-19

Care and Cleaning

20-21

Self Help

22

Models Features

23

Features Descriptions

24

Customer Service

25

Warranty

26

www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 3

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

WARNING WARNING — When using your dishwasher, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and/or injury to persons, including the following: 1. Bosch dishwashers are provided with two manuals; one, Installation Instruction Manual and one, Use and Care Manual. Read all instructions before using the dishwasher. 2. Use the dishwasher only for its intended function. 3. Use only detergents or wetting agents recommended for use in a dishwasher and keep them out of the reach of children. 4. When loading items to be washed: a. Locate sharp items so that they are not likely to damage the door seal; and b. Load sharp knives with the handle up to reduce the risk of cut-type injuries. 5. Do not wash plastic items unless marked “dishwasher safe” or the equivalent. For plastic items not so marked, check the manufacturer’s recommendations. 6. Do not touch the heating element during or immediately after use. 7. Do not operate your dishwasher unless all the enclosure panels are properly in place. 8. Do not tamper with controls. 9. Do not abuse, sit on, or stand on the door or dish rack of the dishwasher. 10.To reduce the risk of injury, do not allow children to play in or on the dishwasher. 11.Under certain conditions, hydrogen gas may be produced in a hot water system that has not been used for two weeks or more. Hydrogen gas is explosive. If the hot water system has not been used for such a period, before using the dishwasher turn on all hot water faucets and let the water flow from each for several minutes. This will release any accumulated hydrogen gas. As the gas is flammable, do not smoke or use an open flame during this time. 12.Remove the door to the washing compartment when removing an old dishwasher from service or discarding.

SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS ! GROUNDING INSTRUCTIONS This appliance must be connected to a grounded metal, permanent wiring system, or an equipment grounding conductor must be run with the circuit conductors and connected to the equipment grounding terminal or lead on the dishwasher. WARNING — This dishwasher must be grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code and/or local codes. Make sure this dishwasher has been properly grounded and installed by a qualified installer before using.

4 - ENGLISH

www.boschappliances.com

DISHWASHER COMPONENTS Figure 1, below, identifies the components of your dishwasher, and shows the page number(s) in this manual on which more information about the component is available. Familiarize yourself with the various parts of your dishwasher before you attempt to wash the first load of dishes.

1

8

10 9

5 6

3

2 7 4

Figure 1

Components:

Page Number:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg.

Door gasket Detergent Dispenser Filters (3) Model and Serial Number Label Lower Rack Lower Spray Arm Rinser Agent Dispenser Silverware Baskets (2) Upper Rack Upper Spray Arm

www.boschappliances.com

21 10 20 25 9 21 11 9 8 21

ENGLISH - 5

MATERIALS CHART Important: Before you wash anything in the dishwasher, check the materials chart shown below in Table 1. Some materials are not dishwasher-safe and should be hand-washed. Others require special loading considerations. Before washing any dishware or cookware, contact the manufacturer of the material to confirm that it is dishwasher-safe.

Materials Chart MATERIAL ACRYLIC ADHESIVE JOINED ITEMS ALUMINUM

BONE HANDLED UTENSILS CHINA, CRYSTAL,

DISHWASHER USE NOT RECOMMENDED NOT RECOMMENDED USUALLY SAFE

NOT RECOMMENDED USUALLY SAFE

& STONEWARE

GLASS IRON NONDISHWARE ITEMS NON-STICK COATINGS PEWTER, BRASS, & BRONZE PLASTIC

USUALLY SAFE NOT RECOMMENDED NOT RECOMMENDED USUALLY SAFE NOT

Items joined by adhesives, whether plastic, wood, bone,steel, copper or tin, etc. may be loosened. Colored anodized aluminum may fade over time. Minerals in the water may cause spotting or darkening of aluminum. This can usually be removed by scouring with a soap filled steel wool pad. Handles may separate. Decorated china, stoneware, and crystal that is hand-painted or trimmed may discolor, fade, or spot. You should hand-wash these items. Position fragile glassware so that it will not topple over or come in contact with other dishes during the wash cycle. If you are not sure whether a particular item is dish washer safe, contact the dish manufacturer. Milk glass may yellow. Iron will rust. Wash by hand and dry immediately. The Bosch dishwasher is only intended for use in cleaning standard household dishware items. After drying the non-stick coating should be covered with a light coating of vegetable oil. Pewter will tarnish. Wash by hand and dry

STAINLESS USUALLY SAFE STEEL STERLING SILVER USUALLY SAFE

immediately. Wash only “dishwasher-safe” plastics. Decorated plastics may fade. Do not let stainless steel items contact copper, sterling silver, silverplate, or dissimilar metal items. Do not let sterling silver or silverplate items come

& SILVERPLATE TIN

in contact with dissimilar metal items. Tin will rust. Wash by hand and dry immediately.

WOOD

RECOMMENDED USUALLY SAFE

COMMENTS AND/OR SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS Crazing may occur.

NOT RECOMMENDED NOT RECOMMENDED

Wooden bowls, wooden utensils and wood handled utensils can warp, crack, or lose their finish.

Table 1

6 - ENGLISH

www.boschappliances.com

LOADING THE DISHWASHER Bottom Rack

Pre-Load Preparation

AHAM DW-1 -12 Place Setting

•

Remove large particles of food from the dishes before food has a chance to dry, but rinsing is not necessary. Food soils will actually enhance the detergent’s performance.

•

Use the Rinse & Hold cycle if waiting an extended period of time before washing.

•

Pre-soak and hand-scour pots and pans with burned-on or blackened food.

•

Do not place foreign objects, such as toothpicks, paper products, plastic bags, or packaging materials, into the dishwasher!

Figure 2

Top Rack AHAM DW-1 -12 Place Setting

Before loading the dishwasher, review the material chart provided on Page 6.

General Loading Tips • • • •

Load dishwasher so water can circulate freely and reach every part of item. Do not allow delicate items to touch - they could be damaged. Place items upside down - so water does not collect inside of them. Place items so that nothing protrudes through the bottom of the racks - this could block the rotation of the spray arms.

Figure 3

Bottom Rack

Loading the Bottom Rack Place large and/or heavily soiled items in the bottom rack of the dishwasher. Load heavily soiled pots and pans face down, as shown in Figure 4. For larger items, fold down the rear tines on the bottom rack. When in the down position, they can hold extra large utensils, such as serving spoons or large knives.

Figure 4

Rack attachment is available in some models.

www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 7

LOADING THE DISHWASHER

Loading the Top Rack Top Rack Adjustment The top rack height of the Bosch dishwashers is adjustable (in most models.) There is an upper and lower position for the top rack which is used to accomodate items with different heights.

Cup Shelves • Flip down cup shelves. • Place glasses upside down with stems resting in the “V” of the shelves.

Figure 5

How to Adjust the Top Rack 1. 2. 3.

Pull out (empty) top rack to the point where it can be lifted upward. Pull the rack outward and up until rollers are completely free of channels. Reinsert the rack with the other set of rollers on the channel.

Figure 6

Figure 7

8"

10"

14"

12"

Figure 8 Upper Position Max. height (on top)8” Max. height (on bottom)14”

8 - ENGLISH

Lower Position Max. height (on top)10” Max. height (on bottom)12”

www.boschappliances.com

LOADING THE DISHWASHER Loading the Silverware Basket(s) All Bosch dishwashers have a large silverware basket in the bottom rack. Those models with the TOP RACK ONLY feature have a an additional upper small silverware basket. For personal safety and a top quality clean, place the silverware in the baskets: • so that they do not nest together. • place silverware with handles-down, but • place knives and other potentially dangerous utensils handles-up.

Large Small

Figure 10a Below is an example of a silverware loading pattern that prevents nesting.

Caution: Always load sharp utensils with the sharp point down ! NESTING SILVERWARE

Figure 9

Figure 11 Figure 10b

Large Silverware Basket with Lid Some models have a large silverware basket with a lid. The lid prevents nesting of silverware, To use, first fold the basket lids down (snap in place), then load silverware. Refer to figures 11 and 12 for recommended silverware loading. Figure 12

www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 9

ADDING DETERGENT

Selecting the Right Detergent Use only fresh dishwashing detergent (powder is recommended). Use of other types of detergents can result in excessive suds. Concentrated detergents usually call for lower usage than standard detergents.

For the best washing results it is important to use the correct type and amount of detergent and rinse agent.

Detergent Dispenser Cover

Filling the Detergent Dispenser 1. Locate the detergent dispenser on the inside door of the dishwasher (see Figure 1). 2. Open the detergent dispenser cover by pushing the release tab. 3. Fill dispenser. Measure the amount of deter gent to use based on the cycle selected and the water hardness (see chart below). 4. Close dispenser. With fingers on arrow, slide cover over the detergent chamber and press down on the arrow until it clicks shut.

Release Tab

Figure 13

45 25 15

Figure 14

The detergent will be dispensed automatically during the wash portion of the cycle.

Important: Too much detergent combined with soft water may cause etching of glassware.

Recommended Detergent Usage WASH CYCLE

Power Scrub Plus

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Delicate/ Economy

Quick Wash

Rinse & Hold

Hard

45 ml

45 ml

25-45 ml

25 ml

15-25 ml

None

Medium

45 ml

25-45 ml

25 ml

15-25 ml

15 ml

None

25-45 ml

25 ml

15-25 ml

15 ml

15 ml

None

WATER TYPE

Soft Table 2

10 - ENGLISH

www.boschappliances.com

ADDING RINSE AGENT Rinse Agent Rinse agent, or a rinse aid, is used to provide optimum drying results and diminish water spotting. Always use a rinse agent with the Bosch dishwasher to insure proper drying results. It rinses the dishware and also rinses the internal parts of the dishwasher.

TO ADJUST RINSE AGENT REGULATOR SETTING: 1. OPEN THE COVER OF THE RINSE AGENT DISPENSER. 2.TURN THE SETTING INDICATOR TO THE DESIRED SETTING.

To Fill the Rinse Agent Reservoir:

Figure 15

1. Open the dishwasher door fully. 2. Open the cover of the rinse agent dispenser by pressing the star on the cover with your index finger while pulling on the tab with your thumb. 3. Add rinse agent to the reservoir until the level indicator turns dark, indicating that the reservoir is full (capacity is approx. 3.5 oz.).

Note: Refill rinse agent when the level indicator shows a silver background with black lines.

Rinse agent level indicator

Rinse Agent Dispenser Regulator The rinse agent reservoir of the Bosch dishwasher is provided with a regulator calibrated from 1 to 6. (See Figure 15.) This regulator controls the amount of rinse agent dispensed. The dishwasher leaves the factory preset to 4. However, • if you see streaks, you should turn the regulator to a lower number.

Figure 16

Rinse agent is available in liquid or solid form. Only use the liquid type of rinse agent in the Bosch dishwasher.

• if you see water spots, you should turn the regulator to a higher number.

Rinse Agent Indicator Light Some models are equipped with an additional rinse aid indicator light on the control panel. When the rinse agent dispenser is empty, the indicator light will glow and the level indicator will show a silver background with black lines. After filling the rinse agent dispenser, close the door and wait a few minutes for the indicator light to register.

Figure 17

www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 11

BOSCH DISHWASHER CONTROLS Figure 18, below, is an illustration of the control panels for the various dishwasher models.

On Off

On Off

Clean

On Off

SHU 6800 & SHI 6800

SHV 4800

Cancel Drain

Clean

SHV 4300

Cancel Drain

SHU 9900

Cancel Drain

On / Off

CycleCountdown

Power Scrub Plus

88

Power

Delay Start Hours

Top Rack Only

Cycle Countdown

On / Off

Scrub Wash

Delay Start Hours

Power

Cycle Countdown

On / Off

88

SHU 4300

Regular Wash

Delicate/ Econo

Regular Wash

Delicate/ Econo

Power Scrub Plus

Regular Wash

Delicate/ Econo

Rinse & Hold

Cancel Drain

Clean

Power Scrub Plus

Regular Wash

Rinse & Hold

SHU 3300 Cancel Drain

Power

On /Off

SHU 3030

Power Scrub

Cycles

Figure 18

12 - ENGLISH

High Regular Rinse Temp Temp & Wash Wash Hold

Regular Wash

Rinse & Hold

www.boschappliances.com

Rinse & Hold

Rinse & Hold

Refill Rinse Agent

Refill Rinse Agent

Cancel Drain

Power

On / Off

Quick Wash

Cancel Drain

Power Scrub Plus

88

SHU 5300

Scrub Wash

Temp.Options

Refill Rinse Agent

CYCLE SELECTION CHARTS

Cycle Selection Chart Bosch Dishwashers (other than SHU 3030)

TYPE OF DISHWARE

NONDELICATE

MIXED

AMOUNT OF FOOD REMAINS

A LOT

CONDITIONOF FOOD REMAINS

STUCK ON HARD

WASH CYCLE

CYCLE SEQUENCE

A LOT

A LITTLE

DELICATE

MIXED

A LITTLE

VERY LITTLE

LOOSELY ATTACHED

POWER SCRUB PLUS

SCRUB WASH

REGULAR WASH

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-wash

Wash 150°F

Wash 140°F

Wash 140°F

Wash 104°F

Wash 161°F

First Rinse

Rinse

Rinse

Rinse

First Rinse

Second Rinse

Rinse-aid 161°F

Rinse-aid 155°F

Rinse-aid 140°F

Second Rinse

Rinse-aid 161°F

Drying

Drying

Drying

Rinse-aid 161°F

Drying

DELICATE/ ECONOMY

QUICK WASH

RINSE & HOLD

Pre-rinse

Drying

Duration in minutes

91

80

91

72

29

9

Water consumption in gallons

7.1

6.0

5.4

3.6

2.7

1.2

Water consumption in liters

26.9

22.7

20.4

13.6

10.2

4.5

Table 3 The Bosch models featuring Sensotronic™ will reduce water consumption by approximately 20%, if the dishes are lightly soiled. For models with Top Rack Only™, water consumption is reduced approximately 30% when using the feature. Shown above are the average values that may be obtained while running the dishwasher under normal conditions. Actual values may vary.The actual cycle duration, water and energy usage are dependent upon inlet water temperature. www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 13

CYCLE SELECTION CHARTS

Cycle Selection Chart for SHU 3030 TYPE OF DISHWARE

NONDELICATE

MIXED

AMOUNT OF FOOD REMAINS

A LOT

CONDITIONOF FOOD REMAINS

STUCK ON HARD

WASH CYCLE

POWER SCRUB

A LOT

POWER SCRUB

A LITTLE

DELICATE

MIXED

A LITTLE

VERY LITTLE

LOOSELY ATTACHED REGULAR WASH

REGULAR WASH

RINSE & HOLD

(High Temp.Wash)

(Regular Temp.Wash)

(High Temp.Wash)

(Regular Temp.Wash)

Pre-rinse one

Pre-rinse one

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse

Pre-rinse two

Pre-rinse two

Pre-wash

Pre-wash

Pre-rinse three

Pre-rinse three

Wash 151°F

Wash 135°F

Pre-wash

Pre-wash

Rinse

Rinse

Wash 151°F

Wash 135°F

Rinse-aid 151°F

Rinse-aid 151°F

Rinse

Rinse

Drying

Drying

Rinse-aid 151°F

Rinse-aid 151°F

Drying

Drying

Duration in minutes

127

119

98

90

9

Water consumption in gallons

8.9

8.9

6.5

6.5

1.19

Water consumption in liters

33.75

33.75

25.35

25.35

4.5

CYCLE SEQUENCE

Pre-rinse

Table 4 Note: On the SHU 3030, when you select “Rinse & Hold” on the “Start and Run Knob”, you must also select “Rinse & Hold” on the “Temp. Options” button. If not, the unit will go into heat delay, which will cause an extended run time. Soap should not be used with the “Rinse & Hold” cycle.

14 - ENGLISH

www.boschappliances.com

SELECTING A WASH CYCLE The dishwasher will wash and dry the contents based on cycle selection made. Refer to Tables 3 y 4: Wash Cycle Selection Chart to select the most appropriate cycle for the wash load. Follow these steps to select a cycle and start the

Note: All indicator lights will remain illuminated until the on/ off switch is pressed or the door is opened.

dishwasher:

SHU/SHI Models: 1. Close the dishwasher door, making sure that door latches are closed. 2. Press the on/off switch.

Various Model Types

3. Select the button for the program de sired.*

SHU/SHI

4. The dishwasher will start automatically and continue to the end of the selected cycle. 5. At the end of the cycle the dishwasher will stop and either the “Clean” light will become illuminated, the LED display will show“CL” or “00”, or the dishwasher will beep.

On / Off

Power Scrub Plus

88

Power

Delay Start Hours

Top Rack Only

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Delicate/ Econo

Quick Wash

Rinse & Hold

Refill Rinse Agent

Cancel Drain

Figure 19

SHV & SHU 9900

SHV & SHU 9900 Models:

On Off

1. Open dishwasher door. 2. Press the on/off switch.

CycleCountdown

Cancel Drain

Figure 20

3. Push the button once for the program desired. 4. Close door until it latches and the program will begin. 5. Same as #5 above.

VARIOUS END OF CYCLE INDICATORS Push the desired button TWO TIMES if another program button is lit up.

* * *

Clean light illuminates CL or 00 is displayed on the LED. Cycle Completion Beeper sounds off (SHU 9900 models only)

www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 15

INTERRUPTING, CHANGING OR CANCELLING A CYCLE Cycle Interruption As a safety feature the dishwasher will automatically turn itself off whenever the door is opened. However, if the door is opened quickly while in a wash or rinse cycle some water may splash out of the dishwasher. For this reason it is recommended that the machine always be switched off before opening the door.

To Interrupt a Cycle

WARNING DO NOT PULL DOOR FULLY OPEN WHILE DISHWASHER IS IN OPERATION. QUICKLY OPENING THE DOOR WHILE DISHWASHER IS IN OPERATION COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS SCALDING.

1. press the on/off button to stop operation. 2. Wait at least 10 seconds (or until the water noises

ON/OFF BUTTON

stop) before opening the door.

ON/OFF BUTTON On / Off

To Resume a Cycle 1. SHU/SHI models, close the door and press the on/off button. 1. SHV models, push the on/off button and close the door.

Power

Figure 21

Changing a Cycle

CHANGE CYCLE

To change the cycle selection, press the program button of the desired cycle TWICE. The chosen cycle button (or the light above it) becomes illuminated, showing that it has been selected. * SHU 3030 models do not have program lights

CHANGE CYCLE Cycle Countdown

88

Power Scrub Plus

Regular Wash

Cancelling a Cycle Each control panel shows which buttons to simultaneously push to cancel a cycle. Refer to your dishwasher to find the cancel drain buttons on your particular model. 1. Press the indicated buttons at the same time and hold for approximately 3 seconds. 2. When the drain pump noises stop and the LED display or clean light indicate that the end of the cycle has been reached, the dish washer is reset. 3. Press the on/off button to turn the dishwasher off. 4. The dishwasher is now ready to run a selected cycle. Add more detergent if necessary.

16 - ENGLISH

Delicate/ Econo

Rinse & Hold

Cancel Drain

Figure 22

CANCEL CYCLE CANCEL CYCLE Cycle Countdown

88

Power Scrub Plus

Regular Wash

Delicate/ Econo

Cancel Drain

Figure 23

www.boschappliances.com

Rinse & Hold

UNLOADING THE DISHWASHER

Unloading When unloading the dishwasher always unload the lower rack first and then unload the upper rack. This will minimize the chance of water drops from the upper rack falling on the dishes in the lower rack. The silverware basket(s) of the Bosch dishwasher can be removed for easy unloading. The dishware tends to get hot immediately following a completed cycle. If the door is opened slightly for a few minutes before unloading, the dishes will cool more quickly. Figure 24

Condensation Drying The combination of a high final rinse temperature, the tub’s cool stainless steel interior, and the sheeting action of a Rinse Agent result in effective and efficient drying. The closed condensation drying feature is hygienic, and saves energy and money. For best drying results, it is important that the Rinse Aid Dispenser be kept full.

www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 17

SPECIAL FEATURES Please refer to the (pg. 23, Table 6) features chart to determine which special features your particular model dishwasher has.

Delayed Start On a few Bosch dishwashers, the start of the washing cycle can be delayed for up to 9 hours in 1hour increments. Follow these steps to delay the start of a wash cycle: 1. Close the door of the dishwasher securely until the latches snap shut. 2. Press the on/off button. The indicator light for the cycle that was last selected illuminates.

DELAY START BUTTON Cycle Countdown

1h

Power Scrub Plus

Delay Delay Start Start Hours Hours

Scrub Wash

Regular Wash

Delicate/ Econo

Rinse & Hold

Refill Rinse Agent

Cancel Drain

Figure 25

3. Immediately press the timer button labeled DELAY-START-HOURS and the LED display will show “1h”. 4. Press the DELAY-START-HOURS button as many times as necessary until the LED display shows the desired number of hours. (Ex: 1h, 2h, 3h...).

The cycle can be changed at any time during the delay.

The Top Rack Only™ Cycle Some BOSCH models have a Top Rack Only cycle that saves energy and water when you have only a small load of dishes. Also, you’ll use less detergent for the Top Rack Only cycle. The washing time, however, is not reduced. The upper rack of the dishwasher has been designed with flexibility in mind. You can load glasses, cups, plates, bowls and small pots in many different positions to fit your needs. Figure 26 shows a typical mixed load placed correctly in the upper rack for the Top Rack Only cycle.

18 - ENGLISH

Figure 26

www.boschappliances.com

SPECIAL FEATURES Cycle Completion Signal (SHU 9900 models) At the end of a wash cycle, the beeper will sound off two times, and again every 15 minutes until the dishwasher is turned off. To Enable or Disable the Cycle Completion Signal 1. Open the door, hold down the “Quick Wash” button and simultaneously turn the Dishwasher on. The “Quick Wash” light will blink (program mode). 2. While the light is still blinking, push the “Quick Wash” button. • If the machine beeps, then the Cycle Completion Signal has been enabled. • When you push the button again and it doesn’t beep, it means that the Cycle Completion Signal has been disabled. 3. Turn the Dishwasher off to take it out of program mode.

Accomodating Extra Tall Items If you have extra tall items that cannot fit in the bottom rack without interfering with the upper spray arm or without hitting the top rack (max. height 22”), you can remove the upper rack. A special accessory, the Extra Tall Item Sprinkler, lets you run the dishwasher with top rack removed. See Figures 27 and 28.

Figure 27

Note: Be sure to remove the Extra Tall Item Sprinkler before you reinstall the top rack, otherwise the door could become damaged and not close properly.

Installing “Extra Tall Item Sprinkler” 1. With top rack empty, remove it from the dishwasher by pulling the rack toward you to the point where you can lift it up and out, disengaging the wheels from the side rails. 2. Place the “Extra Tall Item Sprinkler” over the top rack spray outlet at the back of the dishwasher tub and turn it clockwise to lock the sprinkler head in place. See Figure 28. 3. Place the extra tall items in the bottom rack for washing, as shown in Figure 27. To remove the Extra Tall Item Sprinkler, turn it counterclockwise and pull it out. Then replace the top rack.

Figure 28

www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 19

CARE AND CLEANING General Maintenance Certain areas of your Bosch Dishwasher require periodic owner inspection. The following maintenance tasks can be performed to help assure top performance: • Check the Large Object Trap * • Check the Wash Arms • Clean Stainless Steel Inner Door • Clean Door Panel (Stainless Steel or Colored) • Clean the Door Gasket

Triple Filter System 1. Large Object Trap 2. Micro Filter 3. Fine Filter Figure 29

These tasks are described in subsequent sections.

Clean Filters Under normal use, the filter system is self-cleaning. The purpose of the Large Object Trap is to help prevent undesirable objects such as bones, glass, straws and toothpicks from damaging the pump system. Items such as these should be removed fromthe Large Object Trap.

Turn left to loosen (counter-clockwise) and right to tighten (clock-wise).

* Bosch dishwashers have a triple filter system composed of a Microfilter, a Fine Filter and a Large Object Trap.

To Remove the Large Object Trap:

Figure 30

1. Turn the ring handle (as shown in Figure 30) 1/4 turn counter-clockwise and lift out. 2. Lift out the large object trap for inspection. 3. If large solids, such as bones, large seed(s), or paper labels are present, remove them by hand. The Large Object Trap can also be flushed out by holding it under running water.

Take out Large Object Trap, Microfilter and Fine Filter to inspect and clean.

4. If necessary, the micro and fine filters can be removed at this time. To Re-insert the Large Object Trap in the Dishwasher: 1. Press the filters firmly into position. 2. Turn 1/4 turn clockwise until locked. 3. Pull gently to ensure that it is locked in place.

20 - ENGLISH

Figure 31

www.boschappliances.com

CARE AND CLEANING Check Wash Arms The wash arms should be checked periodically to ensure that the spray orifices are clear and unobstructed. If the wash arms require cleaning they are easy to remove and replace: 1. The lower wash arm simply snaps into place. Pull gently upwards to remove it. 2. The upper wash arm is held in position by a locking nut. Turn the locking ring approximately 1/8 turn clockwise to release the arm. See Figure 32. 3. After cleaning, reinstall the wash arms.

Clean Stainless Steel Tank and Inner Door Clean the outer edges of the inside door panel regularly to remove food particles that can gather there from normal loading. If spots begin to appear on the stainless steel tank or inner door, check to make sure that the rinse agent reservoir is full.

Figure 32a

For SHU 6800 Models Only: Normally, the bottom door seal should not be cleaned. If necessary, wipe only with a dry clean cloth.

Clean Outer Door Colored Doors Use only soft cloth that is lightly dampened with soapy water. Do not use paper towels or an abrasive cloth.

Stainless Steel Doors: Use a soft cloth with a non-abrasive stainless steel cleaner. For best results, apply stainless steel cleaner directly to the cloth, then wipe the surface. Do not use metal scouring pads to clean the stainless steel surfaces as these can scratch the surface and leave metal fragments that can rust.

Figure 32b

Clean Door Gasket Clean the door gasket regularly to remove food particles that can gather from normal loading. If necessary clean the door gasket using a damp cloth.

Gasket Figure 33

www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 21

SELF-HELP Dishwashers may exhibit problems that are unrelated to a malfunction of the dishwasher itself. The following table may serve to answer your question about a problem you are having without having to call a repair person.

PROBLEM

POSSIBLE CAUSE

Dishes do not dry Indicator light(s) do not come on Dishwasher does not

Rinse-aid dispenser is empty. Fill rinse-aid dispenser. A fuse may have blown or a circuit breaker tripped. Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker at your fuse box/breaker box. Door of dishwasher not properly closed. Close dishwasher making

start Dishwasher runs a long time

sure that door latches. If the dishwasher completes the cycle, but the run time seem exceptionally long it is probably due to cold incoming water. To avoid this problem it is recommended that before starting the dishwasher: open the hot water faucet at the sink nearest the dishwasher and run the water until it runs hot. Then turn off the water and start the

Machine cycle does not advance to rinse Water not pumped from dishwasher

Detergent dispenser lid will not close Lower spray arm does not rotate freely White deposits left on dishes Streaks on glassware Rattling noises Suds in dishwasher Unsatisfactory washing result

dishwasher. Water line is closed or inlet filter is blocked. Open water valve and/or check inlet filter. Kink in drain hose. Filter clogged. Kitchen sink clogged. Air gap (type installed at sink) clogged. Check drain hose and fine and coarse filters (see section titled CARE and CLEANING). Check kitchen sink to make sure it is draining well. If problem is kitchen sink not draining you may need a plumber rather than a serviceman for the dishwasher. A program was not completely finished. Remove lower spray arm and clean arm and spray arm mounts. Too little rinse-aid. Too much rinse-aid used. Utensils not properly arranged. Incorrect type of detergent used. Use only automatic dishwasher detergents. • Incorrect amount of detergent or rinse agent. • Utensils incorrectly arranged or rack overloaded. • Wash arm rotation blocked by utensils. • Filters not properly fitted into position. • Clogged nozzles in wash arm(s) • Unsuitable program selected.

Table 5

22 - ENGLISH

www.boschappliances.com

SHV 4800 Series

SHU 4300 Series

SHV 4300 Series

SHU 9910 Series

SHU 9920 Series

SHU 3300 Series

SHU 3300 DLX

SHU 3030 Series

SHU 5300 Series

M O D E L S

SHU 5310 Series

Model Features Chart

SHU/SHI 6800 Series

MODELS FEATURES

Stainless Steel Bosch TallTub™ •

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Bosch Flow-Through Heater™

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

161°F Wash Temperature

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

151°F

•

Four-level Wash

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Condensation Drying

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Bosch Sensotronic™

•

•

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

•

FEATURES

Bosch Top Rack Only™ Wash

•

-

•

-

-

-

•

-

-

-

-

Power Scrub Plus Cycle

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

-

•

Power Scrub Cycle

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

•

-

Scrub Wash Cycle

•

•

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

•

•

Regular Wash Cycle

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Delicate/Economy Cycle

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

-

-

-

•

Quick Wash Cycle

•

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Rinse & Hold Cycle

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Nylon Racks

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Height-Adjustable Upper Rack

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

-

•

-

-

Flip Tines on Bottom Rack

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

-

-

-

•

Electronic Controls

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

-

•

Delay Start

•

•

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

•

Digital Countdown Display

•

•

-

•

-

-

-

-

-

-

•

•

-

-

-

LED Sequence Indicator

-

-

•

-

•

•

•

Bosch AVS™ Silence Rating

46

50

48

54

54

54

48

56

54

57

52

Exceptionally Low Water Usage •

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Triple Filter System

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

“Refill Rinse Agent” Light

•

•

•

•

-

-

•

-

-

-

•

Cycle Completion Signal

-

-

-

-

-

•

•

-

-

-

-

ACCESSORIES CHART

PART NUMBER

SS door with SS handle (SHV Series only)* SGZ SS door frame and front (SHU Series only; accepts SS panel only)* SGZ Almond door frame and front (Accepts almond panel only) SGZ Heavy-duty white door frame kit** (For 1/8” to 1/4” panels) SGZ Heavy-duty black door frame kit** (For 1/8” to 1/4” panels) SGZ Adaptor kit for 60 cm cabinet SGZ Extra large knife rack SGZ Glass rack insert for bottom rack (max. ht. 13.5”) SGZ

Table 6

1005 1025

UC UC

1024 1042 1046 1040 1000 2004

UC UC UC UC UC UC

*SS = Stainless Steel www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 23

BOSCH DISHWASHER FEATURES DESCRIPTIONS Bosch AVS II™ Silence Rating: A two-pump motor system, suspension motor,and triple insulation make Bosch the quietest dishwashers in North America. Bosch SoundSeal™: An added measure of insulation on the SHU 6800 series in the form of a sound tight seal eliminating noise typically emitted from the toe-kick area. Bosch Suspension Motor™: By suspending the motor in air, any vibration that may be caused is eliminated. Condensation Drying: The combination of a high final rinse temperature, the tub’s cool stainless steel interior, and the sheeting action of a Rinse Agent result in effective and efficient drying. The closed condensation drying feature is hygienic, and saves energy and money. Cycle Completion Signal: An optional beeper which lets you know when the cycle is complete. Delicate/Economy Cycle: Saves water and energy, while removing loosely attached food from delicate dishware. Delay Start: Delay the dishwasher’s start for up to nine hours. Digital Countdown Display: Lets you know exactly when the cycle will be complete. Electronic Controls: Easy to use push button controls with programs Bosch Flow-Through Heater™: Water passes through a heating chamber where it is efficiently heated to temperatures up to 161°F. Four-level Wash: Multiple spraying levels provide optimal disbursement of fresh water. Height-Adjustable Upper Rack: Raise or lower the top rack to fit items up to 14” tall in the bottom rack, or up to 10” tall in the top rack. LED Sequence Indicator: Indicates the current point in the wash cycle, so you’ll know if it’s OK to add a last-minute dish. Exceptionally Low Water Usage: Bosch dishwashers use very little water — as low as 2.5 gallons in the Delicate/Economy cycle. Flip Tines: Fold-down tines in the bottom rack accommodate even large cookware. Nylon Racks: Eliminate cuts and nicks with nylon-coated racks featuring a five-year warranty. Power Scrub Plus Cycle: For heavy loads with stuck-on food, this powerful cycle features an extra 125° pre-wash to soak food loose. Quick Wash Cycle: Cleans lightly soiled dishes in a short 29-minute cycle. Good for glassware, coffee cups, etc. “Refill Rinse Agent” Light: Lets you know when you need to add more rinse agent. Regular Wash Cycle: Good for everyday loads with loosely attached food. Rinse & Hold Cycle: If you don’t want to wash right away, use this cycle to rinse the dishware, then hold it until you have a full load. Bosch Sensotronic™: Proven scanning technology checks the condition of the water, then automatically decides whether a second fresh-water fill is necessary. Scrub Wash Cycle: For stuck-on foods that don’t require soaking, this powerful cycle uses less water than the Power Scrub Plus Cycle. Stainless Steel Bosch Tall Tub™: Provides the assurance of a lifetime warranty against rustthrough with a hygienic interior surface. Bosch Top Rack Only™ Wash: When you don’t have a full load of dishes to wash, this feature washes just those on the top rack, saving water. Triple Filter System: Three built-in filters ensure the distribution of clean water throughout the wash cycle, and an added safety feature preventing any foreign materials from clogging the main pump or drain pump.

24 - ENGLISH

www.boschappliances.com

CUSTOMER SERVICE Your Bosch dishwasher requires no special care other than that described in the care and cleaning chapter. If you are having a problem with your dishwasher, before calling for service please refer to the Self-Help chapter. If service becomes necessary, contact your dealer or installer or an authorized service center. Do not attempt to repair the appliance yourself. Any work performed by unauthorized personnel may void the warranty. If you are having a problem with your BOSCH dishwasher and are not pleased with the service you have received, please take the following steps (in the order listed below) until the problem is corrected to your satisfaction.

1. 2. 3.

4.

Contact your installer or the Bosch Authorized Service Contractor in your area. E-mail us from the customer service section of our web site, www.boschappliances.com. Write to us at the address below: BSH Home Appliances, Corp. 5551 McFadden Avenue Huntington Beach, CA 92649 Call us at: 1-800/944-2904.

Please be sure to include (if writing), or have available (if calling), the following information: • • • •

Model Number Serial Number Date of Original Purchase Date Problem Originated

•

Explanation of Problem

Also, if writing, please be sure to include a daytime phone number. You will find the model number and serial number information on the label located on the right-hand side of the inner door of the dishwasher. See Figure 1for an example.

Figure 34 Please make a copy of your invoice and keep it with your manual.

www.boschappliances.com

ENGLISH - 25

Statement of Warranties - Bosch Dishwashers The warranties provided by BSH Home Appliances LP (“Bosch”) in this Statement of Warranties apply only to Bosch Dishwashers sold to the first using purchaser by Bosch or its authorized dealers, retailers or service centers in the United States or Canada. The Warranties provided herein are not transferable.

LENGTH OF WARRANTY

SCOPE OF WARRANTY

1 Year Full Limited Warranty

Bosch will repair or replace any component part that proves

From Date of Installation*

defective under conditions of normal home use free of charge, labor and shipping costs included. Repair service must be performed by an Authorized Bosch Service Center (All cosmetic damages must be reported within 30 days of installation).

2 Year Limited Warranty

Bosch will provide replacement parts free of charge for any

From Date of Installation*

component part that proves defective under conditions of normal home use, labor charges excluded.

5 Year Limited Warranty on Electronics

Bosch will repair or replace any microprocessor or printed

From Date of Installation*

circuit boards that prove defective under normal use during the second through fifth year from the date of original purchase, labor charges excluded.

5 Year Limited Warranty

Bosch will replace the upper or lower dish rack (excluding

From Date of Installation*

rack components) free of charge, if the rack proves defective in materials or workmanship under conditions of normal home use, labor charges excluded.

Lifetime Limited Warranty against

Bosch will replace your dishwasher with the same model or a

Stainless Steel Rust Through

current model that is equivalent or better in functionality if the

From Date of Installation*

inner liner should rust through under conditions of normal home use, labor charges excluded. Bosch will replace the stainless steel door of any dishwasher if the door should rust through under conditions of normal home use, labor charges excluded.

* Date of installation shall refer to the earlier of the date the dishwasher is installed or ten business days after the delivery date. Exclusions: This warranty does not cover service calls or repairs to correct the installation of the dishwasher, to provide instructions on the use of your dishwasher, to replace house fuses or correct plumbing or the electric wiring in your home or to repair any dishwasher that’s use was in a manner other than what is normal and customary for home use. In addition, the warranties provided in this Statement exclude any defects or damage arising from accident, alteration, misuse, abuse, improper installation, unauthorized service work, external forces beyond Bosch’s control, such as fire, flood, and other acts of God, or installation not in accordance with local electrical and plumbing codes. Labor charges incurred in the repair or replacement of any dishwasher after the one year from date of installation shall not be covered by this warranty. Any and all replaced and/or repaired parts shall assume the identity of the original for purposes of the applicable warranty period. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. BOSCH DOES NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. TO OBTAIN WARRANTY SERVICE, CONTACT THE NEAREST BOSCH AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTER OR CALL 1 - 800 / 944 - 2904, OR WRITE BSH HOME APPLIANCES CORP. DIRECTLY AT: 5551 McFADDEN AVENUE, HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA 92649. BE SURE TO PROVIDE YOUR DISHWASHER’S MODEL, SERIAL NUMBER, PURCHASE DATE AND THE SELLER’S NAME AND ADDRESS.1

26 - ENGLISH

www.boschappliances.com

Bosch Dishwasher SHU Complete Troubleshooting Guide

Short Description

Description

Comments

We need your help!